Perdoceo Education

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
☒
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024
or
☐
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from           to            
Commission File Number 0-23245
PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
36-3932190
(State of or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
1750 E. Golf Road
Schaumburg, Illinois
60173
(Address of principal executive offices)
(zip code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (847) 781-3600
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Trading symbol(s)
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par value
PRDO
Nasdaq Global Select Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.   Yes ☒   No  ☐
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.   Yes ☐   No  ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during 
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the
past 90 days.     Yes  ☒     No  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of 
Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).  Yes  ☒   No  
☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging 
growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the 
Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
☒
Accelerated filer
☐
Non-accelerated filer
☐
Smaller reporting company
☐
Emerging growth company 
☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or 
revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over 
financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.   
☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing
reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by 
any of the registrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company, as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ☐    No  ☒
The aggregate market value of the Registrant’s voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based upon the $21.42 per share closing sale price 
of the Registrant’s common stock on June 28, 2024 (the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second quarter), was approximately 
$1,150,000,000. For purposes of this calculation, the Registrant’s directors, executive officers and 10% or greater stockholders have been assumed to be affiliates. This 
assumption of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. As of February 11, 2025, the number of outstanding shares of the 
Registrant’s common stock was 65,914,275.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be subsequently filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report to
the extent indicated herein.

PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION
FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
PART I
ITEM 1.
BUSINESS ....................................................................................................................................................................
1
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS...........................................................................................................................................................
29
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS........................................................................................................................
41
ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY ......................................................................................................................................................
41
ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES................................................................................................................................................................
42
ITEM 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS .............................................................................................................................................
42
ITEM 4.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.................................................................................................................................
42
PART II
ITEM 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES...............................................................................................
43
ITEM 6.
RESERVED ..................................................................................................................................................................
45
ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS .........................................................................................................................................................
46
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK .............................................
57
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA..............................................................................
58
ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE..........................................................................................................................................................
58
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES .............................................................................................................................
58
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................
59
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS............................
59
PART III
ITEM 10.
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE......................................................
60
ITEM 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ................................................................................................................................
61
ITEM 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS .................................................................................................................................
61
ITEM 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE ..........
61
ITEM 14.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES..............................................................................................
61
PART IV
ITEM 15.
EXHIBIT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES......................................................................................
62
ITEM 16.
FORM 10-K SUMMARY.............................................................................................................................................
62
INDEX TO EXHIBITS.....................................................................................................................................................................
63
SIGNATURES..................................................................................................................................................................................
66
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ......................................................................................................................................
68

1
PART I
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements,” as defined in Section 21E of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, that reflect our current expectations regarding our future growth, results of operations, cash flows,
performance and business prospects and opportunities, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our 
management. We have tried to identify forward-looking statements by using words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “plan,” 
“seek,” “should,” “will,” “continue to,” “outlook,” “focused on” and similar expressions, but these words are not the exclusive 
means of identifying forward-looking statements. These statements are based on information currently available to us and are subject 
to various risks, uncertainties, and other factors, including, but not limited to, those matters discussed herein under the caption “Risk 
Factors” that could cause our actual growth, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, performance, business prospects 
and opportunities to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these statements. Except as expressly required by the
federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to update such factors or to publicly announce the results of any of the forward-
looking statements contained herein to reflect future events, developments, or changed circumstances or for any other reason.
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
OVERVIEW
Perdoceo’s accredited academic institutions offer a quality postsecondary education to a diverse student population, with fully 
online, campus-based and hybrid learning programs. The Company’s academic institutions – Colorado Technical University (“CTU”),
U
the American InterContinental University System (“AIUS
“
” or “
S
AIU System
“
”) and University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences 
("USAHS") – provide degree programs from the associate through doctoral level as well as non-degree seeking and professional
"
development programs. Our academic institutions offer students industry-relevant and career-focused academic programs that are 
designed to meet the educational needs of today’s busy adults. CTU and AIUS continue to show innovation in higher education,
advancing personalized learning technologies like their intellipath® learning platform and using data analytics and technology to serve 
and educate students while enhancing overall learning and academic experiences. USAHS is among the nation's reputable universities
offering graduate health sciences degrees, primarily in physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech language therapy and nursing, 
as well as continuing education programs. Perdoceo's academic institutions are committed to providing quality education that closes
the gap between learners who seek to advance their careers and employers needing a qualified workforce.
When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company,” “Perdoceo” and “PEC” refer to 
Perdoceo Education Corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiaries.
Our reporting segments correspond to our accredited institutions.
CTU
CTU is committed to providing industry-relevant higher education to a diverse student population, including non-traditional 
adult learners seeking career advancement and the military community. CTU utilizes innovative technology and experienced faculty, 
enabling the pursuit of academic and professional goals for learners. CTU offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines
of business and management, nursing, healthcare management, computer science, engineering, information systems and technology,
project management, cybersecurity and criminal justice. Additionally, CTU also offers non-degree and professional development 
programs. 
Discussion of business operations, trends and key drivers of operating results will primarily focus on CTU’s degree programs, 
which represent a majority of CTU’s operations and the CTU segment. 
AIUS
AIUS is committed to providing industry-relevant higher education opportunities for a diverse student population, including 
non-traditional adult learners and the military community. AIUS places emphasis on the educational, professional and academic 
growth of each student. AIUS offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of business studies, information 
technologies, education, behavioral sciences and criminal justice. AIUS also provides non-degree and professional development 
programs. 
AIUS is comprised of three universities: the American InterContinental University ("AIU"), Trident University International
U
(“Trident” or “TUI”) and California Southern University ("
I
CalSouthern"). The AIUS structure provides a framework for all three
universities to continue to serve their unique student populations while benefitting from one university system. Although all
universities operate under a shared governance structure and have a common mission, the system structure allows each to retain its 
name and customize its programs and instructional and student service models to the needs of its unique student populations.

2
Discussion of business operations, trends and key drivers of operating results will primarily focus on AIU and Trident, which 
represents a majority of the AIU System and AIUS reporting segment. Specific references will be made to the other universities when
material to the disclosure or necessary to understand the overall discussion.
USAHS
USAHS is among the nation's reputable universities offering graduate health sciences degrees, primarily in physical therapy, 
occupational therapy, speech language therapy and nursing, as well as continuing education programs. Founded in 1979, USAHS 
educates students through its network of campuses in San Marcos, California; St. Augustine and Miami, Florida; and Austin and 
Dallas, Texas; and through its online programs. USAHS focuses on developing professional healthcare practitioners through 
innovative and personalized classroom learning and robust clinical opportunities.
Student Enrollments Statistics
Total student enrollments as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 were approximately 41,400 students and 34,500 students,
respectively, with approximately 90% enrolled in our institutions’ fully-online academic programs for each of the years ended 
December 31, 2024 and 2023. Substantially all of the students attending our institutions reside within the United States of America. 
Total student enrollments and student enrollment statistics stated above and presented below do not include learners pursuing: a) non-
degree and professional development programs, and b) degree seeking, non-Title IV participating, self-paced programs at our 
universities. Additional student enrollment demographic information for our institutions as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 was as 
follows: 
Student Enrollments by Age Group
As a Percentage of Total
Student Enrollments as of
December 31,
2024
2023
Over 30
67%
71%
21 to 30
31%
27%
Under 21
2%
2%
Student Enrollments by Core Curricula
As a Percentage of Total
Student Enrollments as of
December 31,
2024
2023
Business Studies
66%
74%
Information Technology
13%
14%
Health Education
21%
12%
Student Enrollments by Degree Granting Program
As a Percentage of Total
Student Enrollments as of
December 31,
2024
2023
Doctoral and Master's Degree
22%
13%
Bachelor's Degree
63%
70%
Associate Degree
15%
17%
GUIDING PRINCIPLES AND STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
To compete successfully in today’s demanding economy, people benefit from higher education that provides a foundation of 
knowledge and skills they can use in the workplace and to build meaningful careers. We aim to become a leading provider of online 

3
postsecondary education to non-traditional students, including adult learners. The core guiding principles we focus on in our pursuit of 
this goal are:
•
enhancing academic outcomes;
•
further elevating academic quality and integrity; and
•
complying with regulations.
Our strategic priorities that we believe will support our goal to become a leading provider of online postsecondary education to 
non-traditional students and position the Company for long-term sustainable and responsible growth are: 
•
optimize student enrollment processes;
•
enhance student retention and engagement;
•
use technology as a differentiator; 
•
leverage efficient and effective scalable shared services to support organic growth at our universities and as a key enabler 
for inorganic growth strategies; and 
•
invest in student-serving processes that support our overall academic operations.
OUR BUSINESS
Through our three accredited academic institutions, we offer quality postsecondary education to a diverse student population, 
with fully online, campus-based and hybrid learning programs, with the health sciences degree programs at USAHS having a strong 
clinical component. We pursue a student-first mindset in our efforts to provide support throughout the academic life cycle, from 
enrollment and orientation through ongoing coaching and learning leading up to graduation, which we believe enhances overall 
student learning experiences and academic outcomes. We are committed to investing in our academic institutions, including through 
course curriculum development and student support technology, which we believe enables our support teams to provide customized 
service that contributes to positive student experiences. Technology is a key enabler for us, and we are continuing to expand the use of 
artificial intelligence ("AI") and machine learning to additional areas of the student academic life cycle. We believe that our
I
technology innovations provide students with tools that enable them to focus on educational content in a manner that is best suited to 
their personal learning style.
Marketing, Student Recruitment and the Student Enrollment Process
Our academic institutions seek motivated students with both the desire and ability to complete their academic programs of 
choice. To promote interest among potential students, our institutions develop and engage in a variety of marketing activities which
build awareness of our academic programs and universities among prospective students. Aided by data analytics, our marketing 
programs are designed to focus on enrolling students who we believe will be more likely to succeed at one of our academic institutions
and eventually complete their degree of choice.
Perdoceo primarily serves a non-traditional and diverse student population, including adult learners. Our students have a broad 
range of educational and employment experiences which contributes to their college-level readiness. Each of our universities has an
admissions function responsible for interacting with prospective students interested in applying to an institution after they have
expressed interest in learning more about our academic institutions and programs. Generally, to be qualified for admission to an
undergraduate program at one of our universities, an applicant must have received a high school diploma or a recognized equivalent, 
such as a General Education Development certificate. Our graduate programs require applicants to hold a bachelor's degree and some 
have additional program specific admissions requirements. 
We leverage predictive analytics to help us identify and focus on prospective students who are more likely to succeed at one of 
our universities. Our prospective student outreach process uses technology to provide a more customized approach to enable us to 
more effectively provide prospective students with relevant information to help them make more informed academic decisions.
Perdoceo has continued to test and adopt machine learning and AI technology in an effort to streamline operations for both 
students (current and prospective) and staff. Perdoceo was an early adopter of virtual assistants ("chatbots") that lead to efficiencies in 
both the attraction and servicing of students. These virtual assistants were recently upgraded to the latest Large Language Models
("LLMs"), as well as generative AI technology. The upgraded chatbots are more responsive to student queries, as well as reduce the 
time and effort to train the chatbots on information students are requesting. In addition, the new virtual assistants give staff increased 
visibility into what information is important to students as they progress in their academic journeys. 
Our technology enhancements enable our admissions staff to customize their prospective student outreach and engagement 
strategies based on students’ prior educational experience, degree and area of program interest, thus providing a more meaningful and 
relevant interaction with the prospective student. We believe prospective students have an improved overall experience in 
communications with our admissions personnel due to these enhancements.

4
Admissions advisors serve as one of the prospective students’ primary contacts, providing information to help them make
informed enrollment decisions and assisting them with the completion of the enrollment process. The admissions advisors also have a 
responsibility to provide guidance and support through the enrollment application process and student orientation as well as assist each
student as they transition into their first class.
Once a decision has been made to enroll at one of our academic institutions, the financial aid team works with the prospective
student, providing them with necessary information, including about various loans and grants available to finance their education. The 
focus is on getting these students financially prepared for school in a timely manner so that they can focus on their academic activities.
At AIUS and CTU, every enrolled student is offered an orientation that is designed to prepare them to begin classes at our 
institutions. This orientation process also provides the opportunity for students to understand our academic and support services. We
believe completion of these activities better prepares a student to make an informed decision about pursuing their education as well as
allows them to be more successful as it simulates their classroom experience both online and in a campus-based environment.
Completion of orientation does not financially obligate students, nor does it require students to continue their education with the 
university.
Additionally, first-time undergraduate students who attend online programs at AIUS and CTU and do not want to continue have 
21 days after the start of their program to notify the university of their intention to withdraw. Students who notify and withdraw from 
the university within 21 days will not be responsible for any tuition-related expenses and are refunded any amounts they have paid in 
tuition and other institutional fees.
USAHS is a traditional university which offers three academic terms each calendar year, Spring, Summer and Fall, with breaks 
between academic terms. Prospective students are generally required to have an undergraduate degree and go through a 
comprehensive application and admissions process which has allowed USAHS to maintain strong academic outcomes and student 
experiences while also maintaining program level academic outcomes as required by various programmatic accrediting bodies.
Employer Supported Students
CTU and AIUS have focused on collaborating with certain employers that support their workforces through education benefits
such as tuition assistance programs. During 2024, both academic institutions continued to focus on engaging with large companies,
including some Fortune 500 companies. We expect this continued engagement and collaboration to result in new student interest 
through increased awareness of our institutions by the employees of these employers. Engaging with these employers provides us with
an opportunity to connect with and educate a population of students, we believe, we would otherwise not likely have access to.
Students from these employers who attend our institutions are awarded grants from the applicable university to partially offset their 
tuition costs, the amount of which can vary and depend on the employer’s approach to supporting the educational pursuits of its 
workforce. Although the amount paid by these students results in lower revenue per student due to the grants awarded from the 
applicable university, the recruiting, marketing and support costs associated with these students are relatively lower as well and most 
of these students are able to graduate from their chosen program of study with little or no debt. As of December 31, 2024, 
approximately 36.5% and 7.0% of total student enrollments at CTU and AIUS, respectively, attend pursuant to these employer 
sponsored engagements.
Student Retention and Academic Outcomes
Our institutions focus on improving student retention and enhancing academic outcomes. Investments in student serving
processes, including the use of technology, remains a key focus to support these efforts. Our faculty and student advisors provide 
frequent assistance and feedback to students during their course of academic study. We support increased communication between our 
faculty and students by providing faculty with various technology enablers such as a two-way messaging platform and enhanced data 
reporting and analytics to help them provide meaningful academic support and information. As is the case at any postsecondary 
educational institution, a portion of our students withdraw from their academic programs for a variety of academic, financial or 
personal reasons, and these efforts are designed to help our students remain in school and succeed in their academic program.
Our student advising model at AIUS and CTU promotes collaboration between faculty and student advisors, which we believe
enhances effectiveness and provides students with consistent support and communication. Student advisors continue to work with
students throughout their academic program to provide relevant and specific feedback and guidance as they progress through their 
classes. Additionally, a team of staff members from advising, admissions and financial aid works directly with each new student 
creating a student-service atmosphere and encouraging quality interactions. 
Coupled with the student advising model, our academic institutions continually review and update course content and 
sequencing to ensure workload levels build gradually as students develop skills and acclimate to course expectations, which we 
believe improves academic outcomes. In general, our courses are designed to accommodate skill development holistically, which we
believe will further support learning.

5
AIUS' student-centric framework focuses on having students interact with their admissions advisor from enrollment through the 
end of their first academic session and be subsequently supported by student advisors. We believe this structure, along with faculty 
engagement, improves overall student experiences and retention. This cross-functional strategy is aimed at improving student 
engagement throughout the student’s academic life cycle, with particular emphasis on the important onboarding phase and first 
academic term as the students adjust to their academic program. In 2023, AIUS launched a "Ready" course, which allows students to
experience and explore the classroom atmosphere weeks before classes begin.
CTU leverages data analytics to provide proactive outreach and personalized advising to improve student retention and 
academic outcomes. This approach is intended to help us reach the right student at the right time with the right support, which we 
expect will increase learning and course completion by our students. CTU continues to refine the data analytics process to enable its
student advisors to be more effective in their student engagement efforts.
USAHS' student support processes for prospective students span prior to the start of their academic program all the way through 
graduation, yielding positive academic outcomes through a robust support system that integrates academic advising, tutoring, writing
assistance and professional mentorship. A dedicated team of program directors, faculty advisors, student success advisors, and a 
dedicated student services department offer academic advising, professional development, tutoring, writing support, accessibility 
accommodations and financial aid assistance, that includes individualized support, student success strategies, and student outreach. 
These teams prioritize student retention and academic success with a core value of ‘students first’ and through a comprehensive 
approach to student support, data analysis, and program and institutional review. Each student is assigned a dedicated faculty advisor 
and a student success advisor. Faculty advisors provide academic guidance and professional development and mentorship in the
profession.
Given the nature of USAHS' advanced degree levels, students enrolled in these academic programs are more likely to persist in 
their program through completion. USAHS’ strong retention rate, coupled with strong program tenure and job placement rates creates
a network effect that continues to attract quality prospective students.
Curriculum and Program Development
Our universities develop and deliver a variety of academic programs resulting in the award of credentials ranging from
certificates to doctoral degrees in career-oriented programs of study in core curricula areas of business studies, information technology 
and health sciences.
Our curricula, instructional delivery tools and experienced faculty comprise the learning experience that provides our student 
population with a unique opportunity to develop the knowledge, skills and competencies required for specific careers. The curriculum 
development process focuses on desired career needs, while considering relative competencies necessary to achieve these career 
needs, as well as any applicable recommendations set forth by advisory boards, programmatic accrediting agencies and industry
standards. Subsequently, learning objectives are identified and courses are developed which foster student engagement in activities
and optimally result in the attainment of program learning outcomes.
The acquisition of USAHS in December 2024 meaningfully expanded our academic offerings in the graduate health sciences 
field with programs such as physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech-language pathology and nursing degrees. These programs
have a strong clinical component which provides students with real-world, hands-on experience in their relevant field of study, 
allowing them to apply theoretical knowledge to patient care and develop essential clinical skills.
Additionally, our institutions also offer non-degree professional development programs. These online courses offer upskilling 
and reskilling opportunities where one can develop skills and knowledge in a specific endeavor or area of interest.
Instructional Delivery
Our instructional delivery is based on the belief that learning depends on instructional methodologies that involve and efficiently 
effectuate student engagement with the instructor, with other students and with the course content. This engagement is fundamental to 
student learning outcomes, regardless of whether instruction occurs within a physical or virtual classroom. We continue to focus on
innovation in our delivery of online education to enhance the learning experience for students.
In 2024, we expanded our student technology infrastructure at AIUS and CTU by implementing faculty and student-requested 
enhancements to our virtual campus and mobile platforms. This included the addition of dark mode for the mobile app, updates to the 
roster interface, and the introduction of an interactive rubric that our faculty and student support teams can potentially use to better 
serve and educate students throughout their academic journey. These upgrades are designed to enhance the student experiences,
particularly for our non-traditional adult learners, while also improving operational efficiency. 
USAHS primarily provides instructional delivery onsite at its various locations in California, Texas and Florida. These campus 
locations include learning centers designed to simulate clinical and home settings, with real medical equipment and high-fidelity, 
interprofessional environments. USAHS also offers anatomy education in both 2D and 3D for an interactive experience. Additionally, 
3D printers and virtual headsets provide students with immersive learning experiences that enable students to see, interact with, 
experience diverse clinical and patient settings. 

6
Learning Management System
Construction of, and ongoing enhancement to, a virtual campus that engages online students with their instructor, peers and 
content is critical to the achievement of student learning outcomes. CTU and AIUS’ online instructional delivery is accomplished 
using innovative, student-focused learning management systems. While online content delivery is very common today, our course
content delivery systems have several features that make them distinctive. Designed around students, our course content delivery 
systems allow for a rich, engaging student experience that represents innovative online methods of delivering content.
CTU and AIUS have implemented the use of sophisticated personalized learning technologies through our virtual campus that 
provide intelligent, adaptive systems to power the delivery of personalized learning. We have a perpetual license to this technology 
and our personalized learning content was developed by teams of our own instructors and has been integrated across many of our 
curricula.
USAHS utilizes Blackboard, which is a web-based learning management system, that enables instructors and faculty to
efficiently manage course content, deliver assignments, facilitate online discussions, grade student work, track course attendance, and 
provide students access to various learning resources - all in one centralized platform. It is designed to allow students and faculty to
participate in classes delivered online or to use online materials to complement face-to-face learning.
Mobile Applications
Students at CTU and AIU have access to a mobile application and two-way messaging platform which were created to
complement students’ mobile-centric lives. During 2024, we introduced new features, such as the highly requested dark mode and 
enhanced analytics. Approximately 95% of our students within these universities have opted in for the mobile application and to 
receive mobile notifications. Our students and staff are using the messenger application due to its ease and simplicity. The student 
benefits of these technological innovations include the ability to connect with their university in a different way, communicate 
efficiently with faculty, upload required documentation, track grades and degree progress in real-time and participate in courses from 
the palm of their hand, all of which contribute to increased student engagement. CTU and AIU also have a faculty mobile application
which provides informative dashboards, the ability to complete tasks on the go and enhanced outreach and communication capabilities
that we believe make teacher-student interactions easier and more effective. 
Additionally, USAHS offers a mobile application to its students which provides information and resources, including campus 
virtual tours and maps, faculty information, access to Blackboard and library resources, and news and social media feeds.
Faculty
Our institutions employ credentialed, geographically dispersed, full-time, and part-time (i.e., adjunct) faculty who facilitate 
learning in our classrooms and virtual classrooms. Our faculty are hired, assigned, developed, and evaluated in accordance with 
current accepted higher education practices and in accordance with state, institutional accreditation, and programmatic accreditation 
standards. 
Faculty Competencies
With the input of faculty and academic leadership at our universities, we have developed a set of instructor competencies that 
we believe are critical to student success and institutional effectiveness. These competencies provide the basis for faculty recruitment, 
hiring, orientation, evaluation, and development. Faculty hired by our academic institutions are evaluated for proficiency in the
following competencies:
•
communication;
•
assessment of student learning;
•
instructional methodology (pedagogy);
•
subject matter expertise;
•
utilization of technology to enhance teaching and learning;
•
acknowledgement and accommodation of diversity in learners;
•
student engagement;
•
promotion of active student learning;
•
compliance with academic institution policy; and
•
demonstration of scholarship.
Seasonality and Fluctuations in Results
Our quarterly net revenues and income may fluctuate primarily due to total student enrollments during any given quarter. As a
result, changes in the academic calendar may have an impact on quarterly comparability as each quarter may have non-comparable 

7
revenue-earning days because the academic calendar may align differently with each calendar year and the quarters therein. While 
most of the operating costs for our institutions do not fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis, we may see variability within our 
marketing spend based on the back to school season and prospective student interest levels at any given time.
Human Capital
As of December 31, 2024, we had approximately 5,690 employees, of which approximately 1,894 work for CTU, approximately
1,430 work for AIUS and approximately 1,579 work for USAHS, with the remainder being corporate-level employees in areas such as
marketing, information technology, financial aid, accounting, human resources, legal and compliance.
The human capital objectives that we focus on reflect the nature of our business, our regulated industry and our guiding 
principles and strategic priorities discussed above under the heading “Guiding Principles and Strategic Priorities.”
We focus on achieving results in a compliant and ethical manner. New employees in student-serving functions such as
admissions and financial aid participate in multi-week training programs, and our compliance monitoring programs and other ongoing
compliance efforts in these and other areas are robust. The Compliance and Risk Committee of our Board of Directors regularly 
reviews the results of our compliance monitoring programs and matters reported through the Company’s internal system for reporting
compliance concerns in order to monitor the effectiveness of these programs.
We use technology to support students and enhance learning. Therefore, it is imperative that our employees in student-serving 
functions are trained to use our technology and systems for the benefit of our students. This includes our faculty members who must 
be proficient in using our online learning management system, personalized learning technology and mobile applications. We also 
focus significant human capital resources on protecting our technology infrastructure and the personal information maintained therein
regarding applicants, our students, their families and our alumni. The Compliance and Risk Committee and the full Board of Directors 
regularly review information security matters given their importance to the Company.
Our goal is to deploy resources in the most effective and efficient manner that we believe will lead to increased stockholder 
value while supporting and enhancing the academic quality of our institutions. This philosophy applies to our human capital resources
as well. Significant management attention is focused on where to add human capital and other resources to grow responsibly, while at 
the same time monitoring human capital costs and promoting operating efficiencies. Employee turnover impacts human capital costs
and operating efficiencies, and as a result, we have in the past seen improved operating results associated with improved tenure within 
student-serving functions. The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors regularly reviews information about employee turnover 
within the Company.
We are committed to a policy of equal employment opportunity. We value diversity and strive to create an atmosphere that 
supports the students and communities that we serve. Inclusivity is important in our approach to achieving a dynamic culture. We are 
committed to fostering an environment where differences are respected and valued and where employees feel empowered to share 
their experiences and ideas. The self-identified ethnicity or race of our full-time employees, including full-time faculty members, is
approximately 53% White, 23% Black or African American, 12% Hispanic, Latinx or Spanish origin, 7% Asian, 1% American Indian
or Alaskan Native and less than 1% Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander, and our full-time employees are approximately 34% 
male and 66% female. The self-identified ethnicity or race of our part-time non-student employees, who are primarily part-time 
adjunct faculty members, is approximately 62% White, 17% Black or African American, 9% Hispanic, Latinx or Spanish origin, 6%
Asian, 1% American Indian or Alaskan Native and less than 1% Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander, and our part-time
employees are approximately 40% male and 60% female.
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND AND COMPETITION
The domestic postsecondary education industry is highly fragmented and competitive, with no one provider having a significant 
market share. The Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended and reauthorized (“Higher Education Act”), and the related regulations 
govern all higher education institutions participating in federal student aid and loan programs under Title IV of the Higher Education
Act (“Title IV Programs”). According to the National Center for Education Statistics (“NCES
“
”), there were approximately 5,700
S
postsecondary education institutions eligible for federal student aid in the United States for the academic year 2023-24, including
approximately 2,100 for-profit schools; approximately 1,900 public schools which include state universities and community colleges;
and approximately 1,700 private non-profit schools. According to the U.S. Department of Education (“ED” or the “Department
“
”), 
over the 12-month period for academic year 2022-23, approximately 24.9 million students were enrolled in postsecondary institutions.
The domestic postsecondary degree-granting education industry was an approximately $993 billion industry for academic year 
2021-22, according to National Center for Education Statistics. We compete in this industry primarily with other degree-granting
institutionally-accredited colleges and universities, both for-profit institutions like ours and public and private non-profit institutions.
In particular, there is growing competition from online programs at these institutions as they increase their online offerings in response
to growing prospective student interest.

8
Postsecondary institutions are subject to significant regulations which provide for an oversight triad by mandating specific 
regulatory responsibilities for the accrediting agencies recognized by the Department, the federal government through the Department, 
and state higher education regulatory bodies.
Extensive and increasingly complex Department regulations governing postsecondary institutions have been enacted, including
regulations applicable only to for-profit institutions. These regulations, coupled with the increased focus by the U.S. Congress on the
role that for-profit educational institutions play in higher education, as well as the evolving needs and objectives of students and 
employers, economic constraints affecting educational institutions and increased focus on affordability and value, may contribute to 
continued changes in business operating strategies. We have also recently been operating with dramatic shifts in regulatory approaches
across different presidential administrations, resulting in a significant number of regulations being adopted, subsequently rescinded or 
revised, then re-adopted. We cannot predict the specific actions that the new Administration or Congress may take or their effect on
the higher education sector, however the prior Trump administration focused significantly on a de-regulatory agenda and recent 2025 
executive orders similarly call on all federal agencies to prioritize rescinding costly and burdensome regulations over the adoption of 
new regulation. We anticipate a number of regulatory changes may be forthcoming reflecting the priorities of the new administration.
Although competition exists, for-profit educators serve a segment of the market for postsecondary education that we believe has 
not been fully addressed by traditional public and private universities. Public and private non-profit institutions can face limited 
financial resources to expand their offerings in response to growth or changes in the demand for education, due to a combination of 
state funding challenges, decreased enrollment, increased expenses, significant expenditures required for research, and the professor 
tenure system. Institutions may also limit student enrollments to preserve the perceived prestige and exclusivity of their degree
offerings. For-profit providers of postsecondary education offer prospective students the greater flexibility and convenience of their 
institutions' programmatic offerings and learning structure and an emphasis on applied content and the use of technology in the 
delivery of the education. At the same time, the share of the postsecondary education market that has been captured by for-profit 
providers remains relatively small. As a result, we believe that in spite of regulatory and other challenges facing the industry, for-
profit postsecondary education providers continue to have significant opportunities to address the demand for postsecondary 
education.
The majority of our degree-seeking students today have one or more non-traditional characteristics (e.g., did not enroll
immediately after high school graduation, work full-time, are financially independent for purposes of financial aid eligibility, have
dependents other than a spouse or are single parents). These non-traditional students typically are looking to improve their skills and 
enhance their earning potential within the context of their careers or in pursuit of new careers. As the industry has shifted to more 
students with non-traditional characteristics, an increasing proportion of colleges and universities are addressing the needs of working 
students. This includes colleges and universities with well-established brand names that were historically focused on traditional 
students.
ACCREDITATION, STATE REGULATION AND OTHER COMPLIANCE MATTERS
Institutional Accreditation
In the United States, accreditation is a process through which an institution subjects itself to qualitative review by an
organization of peer institutions. Accrediting agencies primarily examine the academic quality of the instructional programs of an 
institution, and a grant of accreditation is viewed as confirmation that an institution’s programs meet generally accepted academic 
standards. Accrediting agencies also review the administrative and financial operations of the institutions they accredit to ensure that 
each institution has the resources to meet its educational mission.
Pursuant to provisions of the Higher Education Act, the Department relies on institutional accrediting agencies recognized by 
the Department to determine whether institutions’ educational programs qualify the institutions to participate in Title IV Programs.
The Higher Education Act and its implementing regulations specify certain standards that all recognized accrediting agencies must 
adopt in connection with their review of postsecondary institutions.
All of our institutions are accredited by accrediting agencies recognized by ED. AIUS had a comprehensive evaluation in 2024, 
during which the Higher Learning Commission ("HLC") found that AIUS continued to meet HLC’s criteria for accreditation, with its
next reaffirmation of accreditation scheduled for 2033-2034. CTU is scheduled for reaccreditation by HLC in 2032-2033. In addition, 
on December 2, 2024, we acquired USAHS. USAHS is accredited by the Western Association of Colleges and Schools Senior College
and University Commission (“WSCUC”). USAHS’ next reaffirmation of accreditation is scheduled for 2027.
C

9
Institution, Main Campus Location (1)
Accreditor
Year of 
Accreditation 
Expiration (2)
American InterContinental University System
Chandler, AZ (Atlanta, GA and Houston, TX)
Higher Learning Commission
2034
Colorado Technical University
Colorado Springs, CO (Denver, CO and Online)
Higher Learning Commission
2033
University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences
San Marcos, CA (Miami, FL, St. Augustine, FL, Austin, 
TX, and Dallas, TX)
Western Association of Colleges and 
Schools Senior College and University
Commission
2027
___________________
(1)
Additional locations as defined by accreditors are in parenthesis.
(2)
Status as of February 18, 2025.
Programmatic Accreditation 
In addition to the institutional accreditation described above, PEC institutions have specialized programmatic accreditations for 
particular educational programs. Many states and professional associations require professional programs to be accredited at a 
program level, and require individuals who must sit for professional license exams to have graduated from accredited programs. 
Programmatic accreditation does not satisfy the Department requirements to confer Title IV Program eligibility; however, it does
provide additional academic quality review by peers in a given field and may enable or assist graduates to practice, sit for licensing or 
certification exams (in some cases) or otherwise secure appropriate employment in their chosen field. In addition to programmatic
accreditation, some states have licensing boards which regulate who in a state is licensed to practice in a given profession.
Our universities pursue programmatic accreditation if that accreditation is required by employers or licensing bodies in order for 
a graduate to practice the profession or if it is required in order for a graduate to sit for a licensing or certification exam in order to 
practice or advance in the profession. In some cases, programmatic accreditation is sought because it is desired by employers and may 
enhance the ability of our graduates to compete for employment in their field.
Programmatic accreditation has been granted by the following accrediting agencies for the following degree program areas
offered by our institutions.
Institutional Accreditation Table

10
Programmatic Accreditation Table (1)
Accreditor
Campus
Program Area Accredited (2)
ABET
Colorado Technical University, Colorado Springs
Electrical engineering and computer 
engineering
Accreditation Council for Business Schools and 
Programs
AIUS (all locations): American InterContinental 
University, California Southern University and 
Trident University International; Colorado Technical 
University (all locations)
Business
Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy 
Education of the American Occupational Therapy 
Association
University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences      
(all locations)
Occupational Therapy
American Board of Physical Therapy Residency & 
Fellowship Education
University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences      
(all locations)
Clinical Orthopaedic Residency
Association for Advancing Quality in Education 
Preparation
AIUS/American InterContinental University, 
Chandler
Education
Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy
Education
University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences      
(all locations)
Physical Therapy
Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education
AIUS/California Southern University, Chandler;     
Colorado Technical University, Colorado Springs;
University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences,      
St. Augustine
Nursing
Council on Academic Accreditation in Audiology
and Speech-Language Pathology
University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences (San 
Marcos, St. Augustine, Austin and Dallas)
Speech-Language Pathology
Project Management Institute Global Accreditation 
Center
Colorado Technical University (all locations)
Project management and business
____________________
(1)
Status as of February 18, 2025.
(2)
See the institutional website for a list of programs included in the approval.
State Regulation
State approval agencies are responsible for the oversight of educational institutions, and continued approval by such agencies is
necessary for an institution to operate and grant degrees or certificates to its students. State laws establish standards for, among other 
things, student instruction, qualifications of faculty, location and nature of facilities, and financial policies. State laws and regulations
may limit our campuses’ ability to operate or to award degrees or certificates or offer new programs. Moreover, under the Higher 
Education Act and federal regulations, approval by such agencies is necessary to maintain eligibility to participate in Title IV 
Programs. Currently, each of our campuses (ground-based and online) is authorized by the state in which it is located. 
Additionally, CTU and AIUS meet state authorization requirements for their online activities via participation in a consortia 
program called the State Authorization Reciprocity Agreement (“SARA”). 
SARA is an agreement among member states, districts and U.S. territories that establishes comparable national standards for 
interstate offering of postsecondary distance education courses and programs. States, districts and territories apply to become members 
of SARA (which, in many cases, requires action by the state legislature) and if accepted, institutions approved in their “home” state
may apply to become participants in the SARA compact and the “home” state authorization is deemed acceptable to operate an online
program in other states that also participate in SARA as long as they do not establish a “physical presence” in those other states (as
defined by SARA). Forty-nine states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands are SARA participants 
(www.nc-sara.org). CTU and AIUS are approved to participate in SARA by their home states (Colorado and Arizona, respectively).
California is the only state which is not a part of SARA; CTU and AIUS hold the appropriate approval in that state. AIUS also has
licenses for its physical campus locations in Texas and Georgia. USAHS is licensed in its home state of California and the states of 
Florida and Texas where its physical campuses are located; in addition, USAHS maintains licenses or exemptions in each state which
requires such licensure and where students are enrolled since it is not eligible to participate in SARA. 

11
In addition to state education regulations, there are other state agencies that oversee regulations related to student financing, 
payment servicing and general consumer protection. In some cases, state laws and regulations require us to register the volume of 
payment plans our students enter into and/or require licenses for our institutions to collect student payments for the educational
services they deliver.
Other Compliance Matters
On July 26, 2019, the Company executed a settlement agreement with the U.S. Federal Trade Commission ("FTC") to resolve 
an inquiry commenced by the FTC in 2015. While not admitting any wrongdoing, the Company chose to settle the FTC inquiry after 
almost four years of legal expenses and cooperating with the FTC’s investigation. Under the terms of the agreement with the FTC, the 
Company agreed to continue its compliance with the Federal Trade Commission Act and the Telemarketing and Consumer Fraud and 
Abuse Prevention Act, including compliance with the national do not call registry. The Company agreed to enhance its current 
operational and compliance processes with respect to prospective student expressions of interest, or “leads,” purchased from third 
party lead aggregators and generators and implement other agreed-upon compliance measures. Specifically, the agreement with the 
FTC requires the operation of a system to monitor third party lead aggregators and generators involving a compliance review by, or on 
behalf of, the Company of the various sources a prospective student interacts with prior to the Company’s purchase and use of the
prospective student lead. In addition, the FTC Agreement contains requirements regarding employee and lead aggregator 
acknowledgements of the agreement, compliance certifications and record creation and maintenance. The principal provisions of the
agreement with the FTC will remain in effect for twenty years. 
See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – Our agreement with the FTC 
may lead to unexpected impacts on our student enrollments or higher than anticipated expenses, a failure to comply may lead to 
additional enforcement actions and continued scrutiny may result in additional costs or new enforcement actions,” for more 
information about these agreements.
STUDENT FINANCIAL AID AND RELATED FEDERAL REGULATION
A majority of our students require assistance in financing their education. Our institutions are approved to participate in the 
Department's Title IV federal aid programs. Our institutions also participate in a number of state financial aid programs, tuition 
assistance programs of the United States Armed Forces and other employers and education benefits administered by the Department of 
Veterans Affairs (“VA”). Our institutions that participate in federal and state financial aid programs are subject to extensive and 
frequently changing regulatory requirements imposed by federal and state government agencies, and other standards imposed by 
educational accrediting bodies.
Nature of Federal Support for Postsecondary Education in the United States
The U.S. government provides a substantial portion of its support for postsecondary education in the form of Title IV Program
grants, loans and work-study programs to students who can use those funds to finance certain education related expenses at any
institution that has been approved to participate by the Department. These federal programs are authorized by the Higher Education
Act. While most students are eligible for a Title IV loan, typically, financial aid administered under Title IV is awarded on the basis of 
financial need, which is generally defined under the Higher Education Act as the difference between the costs associated with 
attending an institution and the amount a student’s family can reasonably be expected to contribute based on a federally determined 
formula. Among other things, recipients of Title IV Program funds must maintain a satisfactory grade point average and progress in a 
timely manner toward completion of their program of study.
Students at our institutions may receive grants, loans and work-study opportunities to fund their education under the Title IV 
Programs described in the sections below. In addition, some students at our institutions receive education related benefits pursuant to
certain programs for veterans and military personnel or through participating in employer benefit programs, the most significant of 
which are described further below.
Federal Student and Parent Loans
The Department’s major form of aid includes loans to students and parents through the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan 
(“Direct Loan”) Program. Direct Loans are loans made directly by the U.S. Government to students or their parents. The Direct Loan
program offers Federal Direct Stafford, Federal Direct PLUS (which provides loans to parents of dependent students and to graduate
or professional students, known as Parent PLUS and 
S
Grad PLUS) and Federal Direct Consolidation Loans.
S
Undergraduate students who have demonstrated financial need may be eligible to receive a Direct Subsidized Loan, with the 
Department paying the interest on this loan while the student is enrolled at least half-time in school. Graduate and undergraduate 
students who do not demonstrate financial need may be eligible to receive a Direct Unsubsidized Loan. Graduate/professional students 
may only receive Direct Unsubsidized Loans. With Direct Unsubsidized Loans the student is responsible for the interest while in 
school and after leaving school, although actual interest payments generally may be deferred by the student until after he or she has
left school. Students who are eligible for a Direct Subsidized Loan may also be eligible to receive a Direct Unsubsidized Loan.

12
A student is not required to meet any specific credit scoring criteria to receive a Direct Loan, but historically, any student with a
default on a prior loan made under any Title IV Program may not be eligible for new loans unless the default has been cured through 
repayment progress. Through a recent temporary student loan initiative announced on April 6, 2022, students that had previously 
defaulted on a student loan were temporarily eligible for new loans which increased the number of prospective students who were able 
to continue their education at one of our academic institutions. This initiative expired in October 2024. The Department has 
established maximum annual and aggregate borrowing limits for Direct Loans.
The Direct PLUS Loan Program provides loans to either the parents of dependent students or to graduate students. Parents and 
graduate students who have an acceptable credit history may borrow a Direct PLUS Loan to pay the education related expenses of a 
child who is a dependent or a graduate student enrolled at least half-time at our eligible institutions. The amount of a Direct PLUS 
Loan cannot exceed the student’s cost of attendance less all other financial aid received. 
Federal Pell Grant and Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant 
Title IV Program grants are generally made to our students under the Federal Pell Grant (“Pell Grant”) program and the Federal 
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (“FSEOG”) program. The 2024-25 maximum annual Pell Grant is $7,395, excluding 
any additional amount awarded pursuant to a year-round Pell Grant. Beginning with the 2017-18 award year, eligible students may 
receive year-round Pell Grant funds. A year-round Pell Grant program allows students to receive up to 150% of the student’s regular 
award, allowing students to maintain their enrollment status and receive Pell Grant funds for up to two additional academic terms
during an award year so that they can continue taking classes and work toward graduating more quickly. To be eligible for the 
additional Pell Grant funds, the student must be enrolled at least half-time in the payment period(s) for which the student receives the
additional Pell Grant funds in excess of 100% of the student’s regular Pell Grant award.
The FSEOG program awards are designed to supplement Pell Grants up to a maximum amount of $4,000 per academic year for 
the neediest students. Our institutions are required to provide matching funding for FSEOG awards that represent not less than 25% of 
the total FSEOG award to be received by eligible students. The matching may be accomplished through institutional, private and/or 
state funds.
Federal Work-Study Program
Generally, under the federal work-study program, federal funds are used to pay 75% of the cost of part-time employment of 
eligible students to perform work for the institution or certain off-campus organizations. The remaining 25% is paid by the institution 
or the student’s employer. In select cases, these federal funds under the federal work-study program are used to pay up to 100% of the
cost of part-time employment of eligible students.
Veterans Benefits Programs
Some of our students who are veterans use their benefits under the Montgomery GI Bill or the Post-9/11 Veterans Educational 
Assistance Act of 2008, as amended (“Post-9/11 GI Bill”), to cover their tuition. A certain number of our students are also eligible to 
receive funds from other education assistance programs administered by the VA.
The Yellow Ribbon program under the Post-9/11 GI Bill expanded education benefits for veterans who have served on active 
duty on or after September 11, 2001, including reservists and members of the National Guard. As originally passed, the Post-9/11 GI 
Bill provided that eligible veterans could receive benefits for tuition purposes up to the cost of in-state tuition at the most expensive
public institution of higher education in the state where the veteran was enrolled. In addition, veterans who were enrolled in 
classroom-based programs or “blended programs” (programs that combine classroom learning and distance learning) could receive 
monthly housing stipends, while veterans enrolled in wholly distance-based programs were not entitled to a monthly housing stipend.
The provisions regarding education benefits for post-9/11 veterans took effect August 1, 2009. The Post-9/11 GI Bill also increased 
the amount of education benefits available to eligible veterans under the pre-existing Montgomery GI Bill. The legislation also 
authorized expansion of service members’ ability to transfer veterans’ education benefits to family members.
On January 4, 2011, the Post-9/11 Veterans Educational Assistance Improvements Act of 2010 (“Improvements Act”) was
adopted, which amends the Post-9/11 GI Bill in several respects. The Improvements Act alters the way benefits related to tuition and 
fees are calculated. For nonpublic U.S. institutions, the Improvements Act bases the benefits related to tuition and fees on the net cost 
to the student (after accounting for state and federal aid, scholarships, institutional aid, fee waivers, and similar assistance paid directly 
to the institution for the sole purpose of defraying tuition cost) rather than the charges established by the institution. The 
Improvements Act also replaced the state-dependent benefit cap with a single national cap which is adjusted annually and as of August 
1, 2024, and effective through July 31, 2025, the national cap of academic year tuition and fee charges for private institution of higher 
learning is $28,937. In addition, veterans pursuing a program of education solely through distance learning on a more than half-time
basis are eligible to receive up to 50% of the national average of the basic housing allowance available to service members who are at 
military pay grade E-5 and have dependents. Most “Improvements Act” changes took effect on August 1 or October 1, 2011, though 
changes to rules regarding eligibility for benefits were effective immediately or retroactively to the effective date of the Post-9/11 GI 
Bill. The Improvements Act did not change the Post-9/11 GI Bill’s provision that allows veterans to receive up to $1,000 per academic 
year for books, supplies, equipment and other education costs.

13
U.S. Military Tuition Assistance
Service members of the United States Armed Forces are eligible to receive tuition assistance from their branch of service 
through the Uniform Tuition Assistance Program of the Department of Defense (“DoD”). Service members may use this tuition
assistance to pursue postsecondary degrees at postsecondary institutions that are accredited by accrediting agencies that are recognized 
by the Department. Each branch of the armed forces has established its own rules for the tuition assistance programs of DoD.
In 2010, both the U.S. Congress and DoD increased their focus on DoD tuition assistance that is used for distance education and 
programs at for-profit institutions. The DoD Voluntary Education Partnership Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) was
established as part of the revised DoD Instruction 1322.25, Voluntary Education Programs dated March 15, 2011. The DoD updated 
the MOU in 2014 and 2019, in each case with enhanced requirements for institutions. The MOU requires that participating institutions
provide meaningful information to students about the financial cost and attendance at an institution so military students can make
informed decisions on where to attend school, not use unfair, deceptive, and abusive recruiting practices, and provide academic and 
student support services to service members and their families. It contains requirements regarding the disclosures of costs and amounts 
covered by federal educational benefits, marketing standards, state authorization, accreditation approvals, standard institutional refund 
policies, educational plans and academic and financial advising. The MOU also incorporates the development and implementation of 
the “VA Shopping Sheet,” a standardized cost form with federal aid information which has evolved into what is now referred to by the
Department as the “College Financing Plan.” The MOU conveys the commitments and agreements between the educational institution
and DoD prior to accepting funds under the tuition assistance program. For example, the MOU requires an institution to agree to 
support DoD regulatory guidance, adhere to a bill of rights that is specified in the regulations, and participate in the proposed Military 
Voluntary Education Review program. Under the MOU, institutions must also agree to adhere to the principles and criteria established 
by the Service Members Opportunity Colleges Degree Network System regarding the transferability of credit and the awarding of 
credit for military training and experience. CTU, AIUS and USAHS have signed each of the DoD’s standard MOUs. CTU and AIUS 
have signed most recently in July 2024, which is effective through 2029.
Institutional Payment Plans 
Some of our students will enter into institutional payment plans with our institutions to pay a portion, or occasionally all, of their 
institutional charges directly to the school. This may occur for students who have a gap between Title IV financial aid funding and 
other third-party aid available to them and the institutional charges or for students who are enrolled in programs or courses for which
Title IV or other financial aid is not offered. The payment period for these plans varies and includes payment periods during the in-
school period as well as those extending up to 12 months beyond graduation. The payment plans do not charge interest.
Eligibility and Certification by the Department
Under the provisions of the Higher Education Act, an institution must apply to the Department for continued certification to 
participate in Title IV Programs at least every six years or when it undergoes a change of control. In addition, an institution must 
obtain the Department's approval for certain substantial changes in its operations, including changes in an institution’s accrediting
agency or state authorizing agency or changes to an institution’s structure or certain basic educational features.
Institutions approved to participate in Title IV Programs sign a program participation agreement provided by the Department 
that describes the terms of participation and includes a number of certifications and assurances made by the head of the institutions. As
long as an institution has submitted an application for re-certification at least ninety days prior to the expiration of its current program
participation agreement, the institution’s eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs continues on a month-to-month basis until the
Department completes its review. The Department may issue full certification to an institution, it may deny certification or it may elect 
to issue provisional certification, in which case the program participation agreement outlines additional requirements that the 
institution must meet.
The Department may place an institution on provisional certification status if it finds that the institution does not fully satisfy all 
required eligibility and certification standards. During the period of provisional certification, an institution must obtain prior 
Department approval to add an educational program, open a new location or make any other significant change. Provisional 
certification does not generally limit an institution’s access to Title IV Program funds. The Department may withdraw an institution’s
provisional certification without advance notice if the Department determines that the institution is not fulfilling all material 
requirements.
In February 2025, both CTU and AIUS received renewals of their program participation agreements through June 30, 2027.
Additionally, AIUS was removed from provisional certification, leaving both AIUS and CTU with full certification. Following the 
Trident acquisition and AIU’s implementation of a university system model, institutional accreditation and approval by the 
Department continues at the AIU System level. By March 31, 2027, CTU and AIUS will each be required to submit applications for 
recertification to continue participation in Title IV Programs.
As part of the standard change of ownership process, USAHS is operating under a temporary provisional program participation 
agreement as a result of PEC’s recent acquisition while the Department reviews all of the materials submitted as part of the change of 

14
ownership application process. Pursuant to applicable regulations, if the change of ownership is approved, USAHS will then 
participate under provisional certification for up to three years.
In connection with its administration of Title IV Programs, the Department has broad powers to request information and review 
records of a participating institution. Since December 2021, the Company has responded to extensive requests for information from 
the Department's Investigation Group relating to CTU and AIUS. On January 17, 2025, the Department informed us that this inquiry
that had spanned over three years was being closed. We were never provided with any explanation or basis for the information 
requests.  
See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – “If the Department denies, or 
significantly conditions, recertification of any of our institutions to participate in Title IV Programs, that institution could not conduct 
its business as it is currently conducted,” and other risk factors in Item 1A for additional information about the risks surrounding
continued participation in Title IV Programs.
Scrutiny of the For-Profit Postsecondary Education Sector
In recent years, Congress, the Department, states, accrediting agencies, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”),
the FTC, state attorneys general, consumer advocacy groups and the media have all scrutinized the for-profit postsecondary education
sector. Congressional hearings and roundtable discussions were held regarding various aspects of the education industry, including
issues surrounding student debt as well as publicly reported student outcomes that may be used as part of an institution’s recruiting 
and admissions practices, and reports were issued that are highly critical of for-profit colleges and universities. Many of the most 
highly criticized institutions have been closed now for several years. A group of influential U.S. senators, consumer advocacy groups 
and some media outlets have strongly and repeatedly encouraged the Department, DoD and the VA and its state approving agencies to 
take action to limit or terminate the participation of institutions such as ours in existing tuition assistance programs. In several cases,
these groups have received significant financial support from third parties critical of our sector and have aligned on messaging that 
negatively impacts our sector during policy and rulemaking discussions. In addition, the Biden Administration made student loan 
forgiveness one of its top domestic policy objectives, and it was aggressively pursued by the Department in cooperation with special 
interest groups, other federal agencies, state attorney generals and others. These groups collectively focused efforts relating to student 
debt forgiveness on for-profit colleges and universities, encouraging loan discharge applications and complaints by former students.
The loan discharge efforts culminated in an expansive loan forgiveness effort that resulted in the discharge of nearly $189 billion for 
5.3 million borrowers. In our sector, these efforts specifically targeted any school that was no longer in operation, allowing the 
administration to make accusations supporting loan forgiveness to go unchallenged. Additionally, the Biden Administration agreed 
with activist groups to allow the approval of loan forgiveness without any supporting evidence as part of a legal settlement which 
vastly expanded the number of former students submitting applications without merit.
The November 2024 federal elections resulted in the election of a new President and Congress. We cannot predict the specific 
actions that the new Administration or Congress may take or their effect on the higher education sector, however the prior Trump
administration focused significantly on a de-regulatory agenda and recent 2025 executive orders similarly call on all federal agencies
to prioritize rescinding costly and burdensome regulations over the adoption of new regulation. The new Congress or Administration
may delay, block, modify, or eliminate certain Title IV and other regulations applicable to higher education institutions. In addition, 
the new Administration may interpret, apply, and enforce Title IV and other regulations in a manner different from current 
Department guidance and practice. There have also been calls to dismantle or reorganize the Department. While we are not able to 
predict the likelihood of these changes, we expect that Title IV participation will continue to be heavily regulated. We expect to 
continue to need to operate nimbly, making necessary changes to the extent possible to comply with new rules or interpretations as
well as new interpretations of existing rules.
Legislative Action and Recent Department Regulatory Initiatives
The U.S. Congress must periodically reauthorize the Higher Education Act and other laws governing Title IV Programs and 
annually determines the funding level for each Title IV Program.
The Higher Education Opportunity Act (“HEOA”) was the most recent reauthorization of the Higher Education Act and was 
signed into law on August 14, 2008. It revised many of the regulations governing an institution’s eligibility to participate in Title IV 
Programs.
Congress has subsequently taken several actions that effectively extend the Higher Education Act and various Title IV Programs 
on a temporary basis. Congress could work to reauthorize the Higher Education Act in its entirety, pass a series of smaller bills that 
focus on individual parts of the Higher Education Act, primarily Title IV Programs, or continue to extend existing Title IV Programs
for more limited terms while continuing debate on broader policy objectives. Ongoing policy differences in Congress, a majority of 
which concern spending levels, could lead to significant regulatory changes in connection with any reauthorization of the Higher 
Education Act or the funding of Title IV Programs generally. A recent proposal from Congress included significantly different 
obligations for institutions, including a sharing of the financial risks for students that do not repay their student loans, the elimination
of Parent and Graduate PLUS loans for new borrowers, and replacement of current annual loan limits with a new system based on the

15
median cost of attendance by program of study. Additionally, legislative changes impacting Title IV Programs is included in broader 
legislation from time to time and a number of proposals are currently part of ongoing discussions between the White House and 
Congress regarding the federal budget. 
See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – The extensive regulatory
requirements applicable to our business may change, in particular as a result of the scrutiny of the for-profit postsecondary education
sector, which could require us to make substantial changes to our business, reduce our profitability and make compliance more
difficult."
There continues to be significant uncertainty around the requirements and approach to handling applications for “borrower 
defense to repayment” due to a series of rulemakings and competing regulations published in 2016, 2019 and again in 2022 along with 
a number of legal challenges of those rulemakings and the Department's application of these rules to select institutions. See the
“Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations” section below for a description of these 
regulations. The Department published its latest version of these rules in final regulations on November 1, 2022 in the Federal 
Register, with the updated regulations effective July 1, 2023; however a pending legal challenge by a group of schools in Texas has 
resulted in a stay of aspects of the rule’s effectiveness pending judicial review (see “Negotiated Rulemaking 2022: Affordability and 
“
Student Loans” below).
Negotiated Rulemaking 2022: Affordability and Student Loans
In December 2021, the Department concluded negotiated rulemaking on a number of topics related to affordability and student 
loans. The topics discussed during these negotiations generally related to different Title IV regulations that impact the Department’s 
ability to discharge student loans. During the process, the Department expressed a goal of making it easier for students to have their 
loans discharged or forgiven and providing more favorable loan repayment terms. The Department also intends to make it easier to
seek recovery of discharged loan funds from institutions. After taking public comment on proposed rules, the Department published 
final regulations on November 1, 2022 in the Federal Register, which means these regulations were generally effective on July 1, 
2023, subject to a court imposed stay discussed below.
These new regulations from the November 1, 2022 Final Rule include the following topics:
•
discharges for borrowers with a total and permanent disability;
•
eliminating certain interest capitalization events not required by statute;
•
discharges for when a school falsely certifies a student was eligible for Title IV Program financial aid;
•
closed school loan discharges;
•
expanding and simplifying public service loan forgiveness;
•
modifying the bases for borrower defense to repayment ("BDR") claims as well as the adjudication processes for student 
claims;
•
modifying the procedures for recovering funds from schools for loans discharged pursuant to the borrower defense to
repayment process; and
•
prohibiting schools from adopting or enforcing pre-dispute arbitration agreements and waivers of class action lawsuits. 
As published, these rules remove certain barriers and simplify the process for borrowers with a total and permanent disability 
and borrowers seeking public service loan forgiveness. The rules also expand closed school loan discharge provisions. The rules 
reduce the required supporting evidence and related obligations of students applying for BDR loan forgiveness, expand the categories 
students could raise in a BDR application, and provide the Department wide latitude to selectively adjudicate future BDR applications
without affording institutions adequate opportunity to respond and potentially without regard to the individual merits of the BDR 
applications. 
On August 22, 2023, the Department announced a new, more generous income driven repayment ("IDR") plan for student 
borrowers called the Saving on a Valuable Education (“SAVE”) plan. The SAVE plan was one of the 2022 negotiated rulemaking
topics. The modified IDR plan calculates payments based on a borrower’s income and family size and not the loan balance and 
forgives outstanding balances after a certain number of years. The plan reduces many borrowers’ monthly payments to zero if their 
income level does not exceed certain levels. While the plan is intended to reduce the impact of prolonged student debt burdens, the 
plan is also likely to encourage some portion of students to take on more student loan debt than they might otherwise borrow assuming
they will be able to have excess loan borrowing forgiven rather than having to repay what they have borrowed. On March 28, 2024, a 
coalition of eleven states filed a lawsuit, Kansas v. Biden, challenging the SAVE plan in the U.S. District Court for the District of 
Kansas. On April 8, 2024, a coalition of seven states filed a second lawsuit, Missouri v. Biden, to invalidate the plan. In August 2024, 
the Eighth Circuit in Missouri v, Biden upheld the district court order and affirmed a preliminary injunction against the Department 
preventing the Department from providing forgiveness of principal or interest, not charging borrowers accrued interest and 
implementing the payment-threshold provisions of the SAVE plan. 

16
We continue to closely monitor the Department’s public statements, legal filings, and other communications, but are unable to 
determine the ultimate impact of any final regulations on our business at this time. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the
Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – The extensive regulatory requirements applicable to our business may change, in 
particular as a result of the scrutiny of the for-profit postsecondary education sector, which could require us to make substantial 
changes to our business, reduce our profitability and make compliance more difficult," for information about the potential impact of 
new regulations on our business.
Negotiated Rulemaking 2022: Institutional and Programmatic Eligibility
On October 4, 2021, the Department announced its intent to establish another negotiated rulemaking committee to develop 
proposed regulations related to institutional and programmatic eligibility. Negotiating sessions of the institutional and programmatic 
eligibility negotiated rulemaking committee were held in January, February and March 2022. The Department provided issue papers 
that revealed its intent to impose a number of additional obligations for schools and programs to remain eligible for Title IV funds. 
On July 28, 2022, the Department published in the Federal Register another set of proposed regulations for public comment
r
covering a topic that was part of the 2021 affordability and student loan negotiations along with two topics that were part of the 2022
institutional and programmatic eligibility negotiations. After public comment on proposed rules, the Department published final 
regulations on October 28, 2022 in the Federal Register, which means these regulations became effective July 1, 2023.
The new regulations from the October 28, 2022 Final Rule include the following topics:
•
adopting new regulations to calculate the percentage of a for-profit school’s revenue that is derived from federal education
assistance, referred to as the “90-10 Rule”;
•
placing additional requirements and limits on changes of ownership or control; and
•
Pell Grant eligibility for prison education programs.
The American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (H.R.1319), passed on March 11, 2021, amended the Higher Education Act requirement 
of the 90-10 Rule that for-profit schools derive no more than 90% of their tuition and fee revenue from Title IV funds to require that 
for-profit schools derive no more than 90% of their tuition and fee revenue from generally any identifiable sources of federal funding. 
The regulation describing the new 90-10 Rule includes an expanded view of what federal aid is considered “federal educational 
assistance funds” under the rule, and is intended to include any identifiable revenue a school receives from tuition assistance programs
offered by federal agencies, such as the Departments of Defense, Veterans Affairs, and Labor. The new rule also includes a number of 
technical changes, including a departure from the historical focus on cash basis revenue and existing Title IV Program cash 
management regulations. For example, in certain instances, institutions would be required to accelerate the receipt of, or would be 
deemed to have received, federal funds not received at the end of the annual measurement period. Although the Department published 
regulations in its Final Rule that are consistent with the consensus language reached during negotiated rulemaking, the Department 
included in the preamble to the regulation a number of interpretations that are likely not consistent with the consensus language and 
may potentially narrow and/or limit non-federal revenue that may be included by institutions in their annual calculations. These 
interpretations were offered with limited explanation and are expected to make future compliance with these regulations unclear and 
therefore more difficult for for-profit institutions.
We are continuing to monitor the Department’s interpretations, public statements, and other communications and have had to 
make adjustments in our operations in response to these new rules. See Item 1A, "Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly
Regulated Field in Which We Operate – The extensive regulatory requirements applicable to our business may change, in particular 
as a result of the scrutiny of the for-profit postsecondary education sector, which could require us to make substantial changes to our 
business, reduce our profitability and make compliance more difficult," and "Our institutions could lose their eligibility to participate
d
in federal student financial aid programs, face limitations on their ability to serve new or former students or have other limitations
placed upon them if the percentage of their revenues derived from certain federal programs is too high," for information about the 
potential impact of new regulations on our business.
2023 Negotiated Rulemakings:
On May 19, 2023, the Department published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking for the following rules:
•
Gainful Employment ("GE");
•
Financial Value Transparency ("FVT");
T
•
Financial Responsibility;
•
Administrative Capability;
•
Certification Procedures; and
•
Ability to Benefit ("ATB").

17
Additionally, the Department published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking for regulations related to student loan debt relief on 
April 17, 2024. The Department published a second Notice of Proposed Rulemaking for regulations related to student loan debt relief 
(hardship) on October 31, 2024.
GE and FVT Negotiated Rulemaking
The 2021-2022 Negotiated Rulemaking Committee included rulemaking to re-adopt a new version of the gainful employment 
regulation (see “Negotiated Rulemaking 2022: Institutional and Programmatic Eligibility
“
” above). A prior Department rulemaking 
effort in 2019 during the first Trump Administration resulted in the rescission of similar “gainful employment” regulations first 
adopted in 2015. Our institutions, and most other for-profit institutions, qualify for Title IV Program participation on the basis that 
they offer programs that, in addition to meeting other requirements, “prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized 
occupation.” On October 30, 2014, the Obama Administration published a new complex final regulation, effective July 1, 2015, to 
define “gainful employment” as meeting certain standards measuring the general amount students borrow for enrollment in a program
against an amount of their reported earnings. In 2019, through new negotiated rulemaking sessions, the first Trump Administration 
considered different options for adopting a uniform set of requirements that could be applicable to all schools and not specifically 
targeted at for-profit institutions. After a public comment period on its proposal, the Department published a final regulation on July 1,
2019 to rescind the 2015 gainful employment regulation effective on July 1, 2020. In lieu of the complex gainful employment 
regulation designed to eliminate program eligibility, the Department continued to update the college scorecards it developed, which
apply to all Title IV eligible institutions, with relevant information for prospective students. While the eligibility tests and disclosures
associated with the 2015 gainful employment regulation were no longer required, the term “gainful employment” continues to exist in 
the Higher Education Act and CTU’s, AIUS’ and USAHS' Title IV eligible programs will continue to need to be career focused 
educational programs.
Following public comment on the 2023 proposed rules, on October 10, 2023, the Biden Administration published final 
regulations for a new GE rule. The new GE rule includes an eligibility framework that imposes additional requirements on for-profit 
sector programs, including our schools. The regulation uses two key metrics: Debt-to-Earnings (“D/E
“
”) and Earnings Premium (“EP”) 
metrics to determine whether a program prepares students for gainful employment. The D/E metrics measure student debt at a 
program level against a measure of earnings. The EP metric measures student earnings at a program level against working individuals 
with a high school diploma or equivalent. GE programs that fail either the D/E or the EP metric in two of three consecutive years will 
lose Title IV eligibility. Programs offered by AIUS, CTU and USAHS are subject to the GE rule and could lose Title IV eligibility if 
their programs fail to pass the D/E rates and/or the EP measures. The rule also requires our institutions to warn current and prospective
students if a program fails any metric in any year. The issuance of required GE warnings could deter prospective students from
enrolling at our institutions and current students from continuing in their programs. Significantly, the 2023 GE rule is retroactive in its 
measurements, looking at data dating back many years to determine a program’s future eligibility and provides no opportunity for 
institutions to adopt changes that impact these eligibility metrics. It is also unclear whether and to what extent these metrics may be
adversely impacted by the state and federally mandated business closures during the COVID pandemic and the general economic
downturn and job loss that resulted from it.
The FVT regulation establishes a framework that is designed to increase the quality and availability of information provided 
directly to students about the costs, sources of financial aid, and outcomes of students enrolled in all Title IV eligible programs. FVT 
disclosures apply to only certain Title IV eligible programs offered by all institutions and use the same D/E and EP metrics as the GE 
framework. While the FVT regulations do not contemplate penalties or sanctions as under the GE rule, the regulations require that 
current and prospective students be provided relevant disclosures and acknowledge when an educational program is associated with a 
high debt burden.
On December 22, 2023, the American Association of Cosmetology Schools (“AACS
“
”) filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court
S
for the Northern District of Texas challenging the GE rule. AACS initiated the lawsuit in an effort to set aside the GE rule on the
grounds that it violates the U.S. Constitution and the Administrative Procedure Act and exceeds the Department’s authority under the 
laws passed by Congress. On March 20, 2024, Ogle School Management, LLC and Triocci University of Beauty Culture, LLC filed a
second lawsuit U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas seeking to invalidate the rule. On February 10, 2025, the 
Department of Justice filed a Consent Motion to Stay Proceedings for 90 days to allow incoming officials in the new Administration 
to familiarize themselves with the challenged regulations and potentially reevaluate them in order to ensure that any additional filings
in the case are in accord with the Administration’s policy. The Department further indicated that due to “a number of technical and 
operational complexities,” the Department currently estimates that the first year’s metrics could not be issued before early fall 2025.
The GE and FVT rules became effective on July 1, 2024. A ‘Fact Sheet’ subsequently released by the Department announced 
that the first official metrics would be released by early 2025. Administrative and legal challenges to the rollout of the GE and FVT
rules have led to delays to the required reporting timelines. A reporting deadline of January 15, 2025 was defined by repeated reports
of system glitches and error reports from schools across the country, with many institutions unable to submit data at all. As a result, 
the Department reopened its debt reporting window to February 18, 2025. On February 14, 2025, the Department further extended the
reporting deadline for evaluating completers’ lists and reporting data associated with Financial Value Transparency and Gainful 
Employment (FVT/GE) until September 30, 2025. The Department further noted that it does not plan to produce any FVT/GE metrics

18
prior to the new deadline and will take no enforcement or other punitive actions against institutions who have been unable to complete 
reporting to date.
If the Department publishes initial rates by late 2025, presumably the second round of rates would be at some time in the second 
half of 2026. Programs may be deemed ineligible to participate in Title IV programs as of the second round of rates would need to fail
in 2 of 3 reporting years. We are unsure if or when the Administration or the pending legal challenges will provide further changes to
the rule and or timelines. A loss or material reduction in eligible Title IV programs due to the GE rule would materially impact our 
student enrollments and profitability. We are continuing to evaluate the regulation, but given the complexity of the rules and the lack 
of our access to, and the lack of the Department providing transparency regarding, the earnings data used to calculate the metrics, we 
are unable to determine the ultimate impact of the regulation on our business at this time.
Financial Responsibility Negotiated Rulemaking
On October 31, 2023, the Department published new regulations on financial responsibility that became effective July 1, 2024. 
The Financial Responsibility regulations, among other things, significantly modify and expand the mandatory and discretionary 
triggering events that require an institution to post a letter of credit or other form of financial protection with the Department. The rule 
provides that a separate letter of credit of not less than 10% of the institution’s prior year Title IV receipts is required for each
mandatory event or discretionary triggering event as determined by the Department in its discretion, such that multiple triggering 
events could subject our institutions to substantial cumulative financial protection obligations.
Examples of mandatory triggering events in the rule include: lawsuits by federal or state authorities to impose an injunction, to
establish fines or penalties, or to obtain financial relief, or in a qui tam action in which the federal government has intervened, subject 
to certain timing requirements; an action by the Department to recover from the institution for adjudicated borrower defense to 
repayment claims where the potential amount of recovery would cause the institution’s recalculated composite score to drop below 
1.0; the institution has received at least 50% of its Title IV funds in its most recently completed fiscal year programs that are failing 
the GE rule; the institution is required to submit a teach-out plan by a state or federal agency, an accrediting agency, or other oversight 
body for reasons related to financial concerns; for an institution owned at least 50% by a publicly traded entity, the entity is subject to
certain actions or events specified in the rule initiated by the Securities and Exchange Commission; the institution fails the 90-10 rule 
for its most recently completed fiscal year; and, the institution is subject to a default or other adverse condition under a line of credit, 
loan agreement, security agreement or other financing arrangement due to an action by the Department.
Specified discretionary triggers would provide the Department flexibility on whether to require a letter of credit based on the 
adverse financial impact the triggering event would have on the institution. Examples of discretionary triggers include: an accrediting 
agency or a federal, state, or other authority places the institution on probation, show cause, or comparable status; the institution is
subject to a default or other specified adverse condition under a credit or financing arrangement (unless due to an action by the 
Department, which is a mandatory trigger); a “significant fluctuation” in Direct Loan or Pell Grant funds received by the institution
over different award years that cannot be accounted for by changes in those programs; the institution has high annual dropout rates as 
calculated by the Department; the institution is under prior financial reporting obligations to the Department and has any of the 
following occurrences: negative cash flows, failure of other financial ratios, cash flows that significantly miss projections submitted to 
the Department, significant increases in withdrawal rates or other indicators of a significant change in the institution’s financial 
condition; pending group-process BDR claims; a discontinuation of programs that enroll more than 25% of the institution’s students
who receive Title IV funds; a closure of locations that enroll more than 25% of its students who receive Title IV funds; a citation by a
state licensing agency for failing to meet its requirements; the institution or a program loses eligibility to participate in another federal 
educational assistance program due to an administrative action; for an institution owned at least 50% by a publicly traded entity, a 
disclosure by the entity in a public filing that its owner is under investigation for possible violations of state, federal or foreign law; a 
citation and potential loss of education assistance funds from another federal agency if it does not comply with agency requirements;
the institution is required to submit a teach-out plan or agreement, including programmatic teach-outs, by a state, the Department or 
another federal agency, an accrediting agency, or other oversight body; or any other event or condition that the Department learns 
about from the institution or other parties where the Department determines that the event or condition is likely to have a significant 
adverse effect on the financial condition of the institution.
The new rule also adds additional circumstances that would deem an institution to lack financial responsibility, such as: failing 
to make debt payments for more than 90 days; failing to meet payroll obligations; borrowing from employee retirement plans or 
restricted funds without authorization; failing to make timely refunds or returns of Title IV funds or pay Title IV credit balances; or 
failing to make repayments of any Title IV liabilities. Finally, the regulations establish new rules for evaluating financial responsibility
during a change in ownership.
Administrative Capability Negotiated Rulemaking
The Department regulations specify extensive criteria that an institution must satisfy to establish that it has the requisite
administrative capability to participate in Title IV Programs. These criteria relate to, among other things, institutional staffing, 
operational standards such as procedures for disbursing and safeguarding Title IV Program funds, timely submission of accurate 
reports to the Department and various other procedural matters. If an institution fails to satisfy any of the Department’s criteria for 

19
administrative capability, the Department may require the repayment of Title IV Program funds disbursed by the institution, place the
institution on provisional certification status, require the institution to receive Title IV Program funds under another funding
arrangement, impose fines or limit or terminate the participation of the institution in Title IV Programs.
On October 31, 2023, the Department published new regulations on administrative capability (the "Administrative Capability"
regulations) that became effective July 1, 2024. The Administrative Capability regulations expand the requirements for institutions to
demonstrate that they are administratively capable of providing the education they promise and of properly managing Title IV
program funds, adding new standards related to financial counseling and career services, adequate clinical and externship 
opportunities, timely disbursement of Title IV funds, compliance with high school diploma verification requirements, aggressive and 
deceptive recruitment tactics or conduct, gainful employment requirements, and significant negative actions by a federal, state or 
accreditation agencies. The changes also provide the Department with increased and explicit authority to make an administrative 
capability finding based on a broader set of issues than it has used historically. Such findings could lead to fines, limitations,
suspensions, terminations or other actions, including placing the institution on a provisional program participation agreement or 
heightened cash monitoring.
Certification Procedures Negotiated Rulemaking
On October 31, 2023, the Department published new regulations on certification procedures (the "Certification" rule) that 
became effective July 1, 2024. The revised Certification rule provides a more rigorous process for certifying institutions to participate 
in the Title IV programs, both initially and on an ongoing basis. The changes increase the Department’s oversight of institutions at 
critical points of institutional review including initial certification, during provisional certification, after a change of ownership, at 
recertification, and when there is a risk of closure.
This rule adds additional events that lead to provisional certification, such as if an institution is required to post a letter of credit 
because of a mandatory or discretionary triggers in the financial responsibility regulations, the Department determines the institution is
at risk of closure, or the institution fails the 90-10 rule. It establishes new supplementary performance measures the Department may
consider in determining whether to certify or condition the participation of the institution, such as withdrawal rates, the amount of 
educational and pre-enrollment expenditures, and licensure pass rates where the institution is required by an accrediting agency or 
state to report licensure exam passage rates.
The changes add a provision to include all federal agencies and add state attorneys general to the list of entities that have the
authority to share with each other and the Department any information pertaining to an institution’s eligibility for or participation in 
Title IV programs or any information on fraud, abuse, or other violations of law.
The regulations establish a non-exhaustive list of conditions that the Department may apply to provisionally certified 
institutions, such as the submission of teach-out plans, the release of holds on student transcripts, restrictions or limitations on the
addition of new programs or locations, requirements related to enrollment in programs that lead to state licensure, restrictions on
growth in enrollments or Title IV volume, restrictions on the ability to provide a teach-out on behalf of another institution, restrictions 
on the acquisition of other institutions, additional financial reporting requirements, and limitations on entering into written 
arrangements with other institutions for the provision of educational instruction. 
Finally, the new rule requires provisionally certified schools that have major consumer protection issues to recertify after no 
more than three years. For institutions alleged or found to have engaged in misrepresentation, aggressive recruiting, or incentive 
compensation violations, the Department may require that the institution engage a monitor and submit marketing materials to the 
Department for its review and approval.
Student Loan Debt Relief Negotiated Rulemaking
On August 31, 2023, the Department issued a notice of its intent to establish a Student Loan Debt Relief negotiated rulemaking
committee to prepare proposed regulations for the federal student aid programs authorized under the Higher Education Act. As part of 
this rulemaking, the Department considered revisions to its federal student loan compromise regulations, as well as adding regulations
on the circumstances under which the Department may waive or release all or part of federal student loan debts. On October 31, 2024, 
the Department published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on student debt relief based on hardship. On December 26, 2024, the 
Department withdrew its notice of proposed rulemaking for both rules.
2024 Negotiated Rulemaking
The Department convened a negotiating committee to develop proposed regulations pertaining to the following topics:
•
The Federal TRIO programs;
•
The Secretary's recognition of accrediting agencies;
•
State authorization;
•
Return to Title IV funds ("R2T4");

20
•
Cash Management; and
•
The definition of "distance education" as it pertains to clock hour programs and reporting for students who enroll primarily 
online.
This committee met in January, February and March 2024. On July 24, 2024, the Department published its Proposed Rule
addressing distance education, R2T4 and Federal TRIO programs. The regulations were intended to help the Department improve its 
oversight of distance education and correspondence programs, and increase the accuracy of its R2T4 calculations. On December 30, 
2024, the Department published final rules on distance education and R2T4, which rules would not become effective until July 1, 
2026. On December 20, 2024, the Department terminated the negotiated rulemaking process for state authorization, cash management, 
and accreditation. We continue to closely monitor the Department’s rulemaking agenda, but we are unable to determine the potential 
impact of any future rule proposals or final regulations on our business at this time.
2024 Final Regulations – Summary
Return to Title IV Funds
In the final rule, the Department abandoned its proposal to require institutions to take attendance for every course offered by
distance education. The Department also dropped its proposal to permit students who received a student loan credit balance refund, 
but who never began attendance, to repay the loan according to the terms of the promissory note. 
The new rule retains other proposed provisions, including an optional exemption from performing an R2T4 calculation for 
institutions with generous tuition refund policies, defined as treating withdrawn students as though they had never begun attendance;
returning all Title IV aid and refunding all institution charges for the payment period or period of enrollment; and writing off any 
balance due for the payment period or period of enrollment (changed from the proposed rule where the Department required writing
off balances for the “current year”) in which the withdrawal occurred.
The Department chose to retain its proposal to codify longstanding guidance that, for institutions required to take attendance, the
date of determination of withdrawal must be documented within 14 days after the student’s last date of attendance.
The new rule includes a change to how the R2T4 calculation is performed for programs offered in modules, specifically with
respect to establishing a “freeze date” to determine the number of days in a payment period for these programs. In place of the freeze 
date, the rules will now consider a module part of the payment period for R2T4 calculation purposes only if the student began 
attendance in that module.
Distance Education
The final rules do not include a proposal to report distance education programs as “additional virtual locations” but, retained a 
new definition for “distance education course,” with slight changes from the proposal.
TRIO Programs
The Department chose not to finalize any of the TRIO rule changes proposed in July, which would have expanded eligibility for 
the Talent Search, Upward Bound, and Educational Opportunity Center to noncitizen students enrolled or seeking to enroll in a high 
school in the U.S., its territories, or the Freely Associated States.
See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – The extensive regulatory
requirements applicable to our business may change, in particular as a result of the scrutiny of the for-profit postsecondary education
sector, which could require us to make substantial changes to our business, reduce our profitability and make compliance more
difficult," for information about the potential impact of new regulations on our business.
"
The Department’s proposed and final rules discussed above impose additional burdens on academic institutions, and often apply
unevenly. For example, the 90-10 Rule is an additional annual eligibility test requirement that applies exclusively to for-profit sector 
institutions. The GE rule is designed to primarily impose additional requirements on for-profit sector programs and many of the 
proposed modifications to other long standing existing rules contain new requirements that apply exclusively to for-profit sector 
institutions and their ownership structures. The previously adopted and rescinded GE regulation is discussed above in this “Legislative
Action and Recent Department Regulatory Initiatives” section, and see the “Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and 
Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations” section below for an overview of the current rules relating to the 90-10 Rule, change of 
ownership or control, financial responsibility and administrative capability.
Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations
To be eligible to participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must comply with the Higher Education Act and regulations 
thereunder that are administered by the Department. We and our institutions are regularly subject to audits and compliance reviews
and periodically subject to inquiries, lawsuits, investigations, and/or claims of non-compliance from federal and state regulatory
agencies, accrediting agencies, the Department, based on claims by present and former students and employees, and others that may

21
allege violations of statutes, regulations, accreditation standards or other regulatory requirements applicable to us or our institutions. If 
the results of any such audits, reviews, investigations, claims or actions are unfavorable to us, we may be required to pay monetary 
damages or be subject to fines, operational limitations, loss of federal funding, injunctions, additional oversight and reporting, 
provisional certification or other civil or criminal penalties. In addition, if the Department or another regulatory agency determined 
that one of our institutions improperly disbursed Title IV Program funds or violated a provision of the Higher Education Act or the 
Department’s regulations, that institution could be required to repay such funds, and could be assessed an administrative fine. 
The Higher Education Act also requires that an institution’s administration of Title IV Program funds be audited annually by an
independent accounting firm and that the resulting audit report be submitted to the Department for review. In May 2023, the 
Department’s Office of Inspector General (“OIG”) released a revised audit guide applicable specifically to proprietary schools and 
third-party servicers administering Title IV programs. The updated guide is effective for fiscal years beginning after January 1, 2023.
The revised audit guide was effective for us for the year ending December 31, 2023 and applies to annual compliance audits due June
30, 2024 and thereafter. The new guide increases the requirements and testing procedures necessary when filing our annual Title IV
compliance audits.
“90-10 Rule”
Under a provision of the Higher Education Act commonly referred to as the “90-10 Rule,” any of our institutions that, on
modified cash basis accounting, derives more than 90% of its cash receipts from federal sources for a fiscal year will be placed on 
provisional participation status for its next two fiscal years, is required to provide warning notices to students regarding the potential 
loss of Title IV and would be required to post a letter of credit with the Department. If an institution does not satisfy the 90-10 Rule 
for two consecutive fiscal years, it will lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs for at least two fiscal years. We have 
essentially no control over the amount of federal funding sought by or awarded to our students. If an institution violates the 90-10
Rule and becomes ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs but continues to disburse Title IV Program funds, the Department 
could require repayment of all Title IV Program funds received by it after the effective date of the loss of eligibility
We have implemented various measures intended to reduce the percentage of our institution’s 90-10 revenue attributable to 
federal Program funds, including emphasizing employer-paid and other direct-pay education programs such as our corporate
engagements, diversifying our educational offerings to increase the portion of our students who do not rely on Title IV Programs,
recruitment of international students, the use of externally funded scholarships and grants and counseling students to carefully evaluate
the amount of necessary Title IV Program borrowing consistent with Department regulations and guidance.
As discussed above in “Legislative Action and Recent Department Regulatory Initiatives
“
," the calculation beginning with the
2023 fiscal year was calculated using the new calculation. We have preliminarily calculated the 90-10 rates for the year ended 
December 31, 2024 and AIUS, CTU and USAHS are all in compliance with the 90-10 Rule. The preliminary calculations for AIUS
and CTU show improvement from the prior year. The new 90-10 Rule requires a much greater level of granularity and research of 
different fund sources to determine whether there may be an indirect and otherwise unobvious federal connection. While our 
preliminary calculations of the 90-10 rates for 2024 show our institutions continue to be in compliance, we are continuing our review 
of the applicable requirements and audit of our 2024 rates.
On December 21, 2022, the Department published in the Federal Register the list of sources of Federal Education Assistance to 
be included as “federal educational assistance” under the revised rule. This publication confirmed that government education 
assistance for military or veteran personnel is considered “federal educational assistance.” Furthermore, the Department indicates that 
the list is not all encompassing as certain non-federal entities may sub-grant award funds under various names, and that it is up to each
institution to determine if there are federal funds included in amounts received from students or other funding sources, and the precise
federal and non-federal breakdown in instances where funds may be co-mingled. The result makes compliance with the revised rule 
more difficult if not impossible in some cases, as well as adding additional layers of complexity for institutions to calculate a rate 
under the new rules.
The ability of our institutions to maintain 90-10 rates below 90% will depend on the impact of future changes in our student 
enrollment mix, and Department regulations and guidance and other factors outside of our control. In addition, disagreements with,
changes in, or new interpretations of, the technical aspects of the calculation methodology or other industry practices under the 90-10 
Rule could further significantly impact our compliance with the 90-10 Rule. 
See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – Our institutions could lose
their eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs, face limitations on their ability to serve new or former 
students or have other limitations placed upon them if the percentage of their revenues derived from certain federal programs is too
high," for additional information regarding risks relating to the 90-10 Rule.
Student Loan Default Rates
An institution may lose eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV Programs if the rates at which its former students default 
on the repayment of their federally-guaranteed or federally-funded student loans exceed specified percentages. This is determined by
an institution’s cohort default rate which is calculated on an annual basis as a measure of administrative capability. Each cohort is the

22
group of students who first enter into student loan repayment during a federal fiscal year (ending September 30 of each year). An
institution’s cohort default rate is calculated as the percentage of borrowers who entered repayment in the relevant federal fiscal year 
who default before the end of the second fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the borrowers entered repayment. This
represents a three-year measurement period.
If an institution’s three-year cohort default rate exceeds 10% for any one of the three preceding years, it must delay for 30 days
the release of the first disbursement of U.S. federal student loan proceeds to first time borrowers enrolled in the first year of an 
undergraduate program. As a matter of regular practice, our institutions have implemented a 30-day delay for such disbursements.
If an institution’s three-year cohort default rate exceeds 30% for any given year, it must establish a default prevention task force
and develop a default prevention plan with measurable objectives for improving the cohort default rate.
Excessive three-year cohort default rates will result in the loss of an institution’s Title IV eligibility, as follows:
•
Annual test. If the three-year cohort default rate for any given year exceeds 40%, the institution will cease to be eligible to 
participate in Title IV Programs; and
•
Three consecutive years test. If the institution’s three-year cohort default rate exceeds 30% for three consecutive years, the
institution will cease to be eligible to participate in Title IV Programs.
We have initiatives aimed at reducing the likelihood of our students’ failure to repay their loans in a timely manner. These 
initiatives emphasize the importance of students’ compliance with loan repayment requirements and provide for loan counseling and 
communication with students after they cease enrollment. Our efforts supplement the counseling, processing and other student loan 
servicing work performed by the Department through contracts it has with select third parties. The quality and nature of the student 
loan servicing work performed by the Department has a direct impact on our cohort default rates and we have experienced past 
performance failures by the Department and its student loan servicers in outreach to students. 
As part of the CARES Act, which was signed into law on March 27, 2020, federal student loan payments and interest were
suspended for a period of time. Ultimately, student loan repayment started up again in October 2023, while interest began accruing on
those loans as of September 1, 2023. During the suspended period, student loan borrowers had their loans placed in forbearance, and 
as such, were no longer required to make payments on their federal student loans. Consequently, no further defaults could occur 
during this period. Based on this forbearance, and more specifically the timing of it, we have seen a favorable impact on the CDR rates 
starting with the 2018 rates. We believe this favorability will at least continue through the 2023 cohort default rates, and expect the
rates through the 2022 cohort to be at or near zero percent and 2023 to be under 10%.
In September 2024, the Department released the official three-year cohort default rates for the 2021 cohort which was 0% for all 
our academic institutions. A listing of the official 2021, 2020 and 2019 three-year cohort default rates for our institutions is provided 
in the table below.
Cohort Default Rates 
3-year rate
Institution, Main Campus Location
(Additional locations as defined by accreditors are in parentheses)
2021
2020
2019
American InterContinental University (1)
Chandler, AZ (Online) (Atlanta, GA and Houston, TX)
0.0%
0.0%
4.4%
Colorado Technical University
Colorado Springs, CO (Denver, CO and Online)
0.0%
0.0%
4.3%
University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences
San Marcos, CA (St. Augustine and Miami, FL and Austin and Dallas, TX)
0.0%
0.1%
0.1%
______________________ 
(1) Trident University students who entered repayment on or after March 2, 2020, will begin to be included in the American 
InterContinental University cohort default rates starting with the 2020 cohort.
With the forbearance period having ended in October 2023, and interest once again accruing on these loans, all students were 
encouraged to resume their next normally scheduled payment in October 2023. To assist with the resumption of loan repayment after a 
long hiatus, the Department issued an “on-ramp” program, which would not penalize students even if they failed to make the required 
payments for one year. As students become delinquent, they will automatically be redesignated by the Department’s loan servicers as
in good standing up through September 2024. Separately, with the resumption of repayment in October 2023, borrowers have
experienced numerous issues, such as having a new servicer to make payments to, not receiving or receiving incorrect information on
their payment, and significantly long wait times to get through to the servicers. 
Furthermore, with the resumption of repayment, the Department also implemented a new repayment option called the “SAVE” 
plan. This plan was designed to generally be more favorable than all the other existing repayment plans, eliminating several options

23
and therefore simplifying the repayment choices for borrowers. On July 28, 2024, this new income-based repayment plan had been 
paused by a federal appeals court. There are two legal challenges currently on-going against the “SAVE” plan. It is unclear what the 
outcome of the legal challenges will be, and what repayment options will be available to students should the legal challenge be
successful. Under this new plan, starting with the October repayment resumption, among other benefits, many more borrowers would 
have been eligible for a zero-dollar repayment amount. Starting in July 2024, many borrowers with a repayment amount greater than 
zero would have been eligible for a new, significantly reduced payment amount. Most borrowers, not already in an income-based 
repayment plan, would need to actively sign up for this new repayment plan with their federal loan servicer. Currently, students who
have signed up for this new repayment plan have been place in an interest free forbearance, where they are not required to make any
payments. It is unclear how the repayment plan “on-ramp” process, coupled with the various servicer issues will ultimately impact 
cohort default rates in the future. Many of these servicers have been advertising long wait times for supporting student borrowers for 
an extended period of time which is likely to adversely impact the cohort default rates at our institutions. Furthermore, servicers have
indicated they are performing limited to no outreach to delinquent borrowers, as they concentrate their resources on attempting to
answer the inbound call volume. The Department has warned that defaults across all institutions may rise considerably when the
blanket forbearance expires. Additionally, a number of recently adopted policies by the Biden Administration have created 
disincentives for students to repay their loans, including forgoing a number of common consequences of nonpayment during this “on-
ramp” period and frequently promoting a desire to provide broad based loan forgiveness. These policies are expected to negatively 
impact future default rates and recent reports show repayment trends on student loans that have re-entered repayment in October 2023,
are significantly behind historical levels. As a result of all these changes, as well as the servicer issues, we anticipate seeing higher 
cohort default rates as compared to historical rates starting with the 2024 cohort, until the loan repayment landscape improves. 
Borrower Defense to Repayment
On November 1, 2016, the Department adopted new regulations that cover multiple issues including the processes and standards
for the discharge of federal student loans, which are commonly referred to as “borrower defense to repayment” ("BDR") regulations. 
On September 23, 2019, the Department published new final BDR regulations that became effective on July 1, 2020. The new 2019 
final BDR regulations are summarized below and created a distinct loan discharge process and standards applicable to federal student 
loans first disbursed after July 1, 2020. On November 1, 2022, the Department published further revised and final BDR regulations
that were to become effective on July 1, 2023. See “Legislative Action and Recent Department Regulatory Initiatives - Negotiated 
“
Rulemaking 2022: Affordability and Student Loans,” for more information. These regulations have been negotiated and revised 
multiple times by the Department, who has created competing standards and outcomes for institutions and student borrowers. Since 
their initial adoption in 2016 and with their subsequent modifications in 2019 and 2022, the Department’s BDR regulations have also
been the subject of numerous legal challenges in different jurisdictions around the country. The Department subsequently used the
settlement of a lawsuit (discussed below) that was primarily seeking improvements in the Department's processing of claims as a 
means of providing loan forgiveness, including previously denied and/or meritless claims and further adopting yet a new BDR process
and set of standards applicable to claims pending as of that date. Numerous legal challenges remain pending regarding these
regulations, making it difficult to predict what standards and processes will ultimately apply to historical or future student loans
incurred by our current or former students.
2019 Final Regulations – Summary
Loan Discharge. The 2019 BDR regulations significantly altered how loan discharge applications are to be treated by the 
g
Department. In addition to adopting the more balanced burden of proof standard of “preponderance of the evidence,” the 2019
regulations provided for a single new federal standard for a misrepresentation claim a student may assert against its school. Under the
new standard, an individual borrower may assert a defense to repayment based on the institution’s statement, act, or omission that is
false, misleading, or deceptive. To be eligible for relief, the borrower would be required to demonstrate that the misrepresentation (1) 
was made with knowledge of its false, misleading, or deceptive nature or with a reckless disregard for the truth, (2) was relied upon by 
the borrower in making an enrollment decision, and (3) caused the student financial harm.
In addition, the 2019 final regulations eliminated the concept of automatic group loan discharges contained in the 2016 and 
subsequent 2022 regulations and require individual claims to be made by students and include a process for the institution to provide a 
defense to any claims asserted. Although these 2019 regulations were finalized and adopted, it does not appear that the Department 
implemented or applied them to any pending BDR applications and instead agreed to a settlement of existing claims (discussed below)
that called for relying on a modified set of standards while they developed new standards and processes adopted in November 2022. 
Department Settlement of Pending BDR Applications, Inducement of New Claims
On November 16, 2022, a California federal court in Sweet v. Cardona, No. 3:19-cv-3674 (N.D. Cal.) approved a settlement 
agreement entered into by the Department in a class action lawsuit that challenges the way the Department has been dealing with BDR 
applications over the past few years (“Sweet Settlement”). The Sweet Settlement provides a streamlined path to debt forgiveness for 
former students of over 150 schools, including AIUS, CTU, and institutions of ours that have previously closed. Neither the Company 
nor our current or former institutions are a party to this lawsuit. BDR applications for over 150 schools pending at the time of the 
settlement agreement were approximately 286,000, but expanded by an addition 180,000 applications prior to the court’s final 

24
approval following publicity about the opportunity afforded by the settlement. The Department has neither identified the number of 
claims nor the specific claims covered by the Sweet Settlement that are related to our institutions. Because the process agreed to by the 
Department in the Sweet Settlement does not follow the claim adjudication procedures set out in applicable regulations, while 
uncertain, we believe the claims covered by the Sweet Settlement cannot form the basis of a claim for recoupment against the 
Company or our institutions.  
Pending Borrower Defense to Repayment Applications
In May 2021, the Department notified the Company that the Department has several thousand borrower defense applications 
that make claims regarding the Company’s institutions, including institutions that have ceased operations. As part of the initial fact-
finding process, the Department sent individual student claims to the Company and allowed the institutions the opportunity to submit 
responses to the borrower defense applications. A majority of the claims received involve institutions or campuses that have ceased 
operations and, in some cases, involve students who attended over 25 years ago. We have submitted responses to the claims received 
which indicate that we believe the applications fail to establish a valid borrower defense and the Department should therefore deny 
them. We have responded to substantial requests for information going back as far as 25 years with respect to these claims. The initial 
volume of several thousand expanded significantly as the Department and outside interest groups have continued to promote different 
pathways for students to receive loan forgiveness or loan discharge. Despite our belief expressed in responses submitted to the 
Department that the applications fail to establish a valid borrower defense and the Department should therefore deny them, the 
Department has already agreed in the Sweet Settlement to discharge most of the applications we are aware of. Our belief is that those
applications discharged pursuant to the Sweet Settlement would not be eligible for recoupment against the Company. Almost all of the
applications we have been provided to date would be covered by procedures set forth in the Sweet Settlement. It remains unclear what 
loan discharge applications the Department may grant in the future and whether they will assert repayment claims against us 
regardless of the date the student loan was disbursed and the corresponding discharge standards and processes.
2022 Final Regulations – Summary
As part of the Institutional and Programmatic Eligibility rulemaking, on November 1, 2022, the Department of Education
released final rules on borrower defense to repayment (“BDR”). The borrower defense to repayment rules have an effective date of 
July 1, 2023. The rules establish a single federal standard for BDR, include a new definition of aggressive and deceptive recruitment - 
one of five grounds under which a claim could be filed under the new rules - and reinstate a ban on pre-dispute arbitration and class
action waivers. The grounds on which a student may make a claim for BDR under these new rules include:
•
substantial misrepresentation,
•
substantial omission of fact,
•
breach of contract,
•
aggressive and deceptive recruitment, or 
•
a federal, state judgment, departmental adverse action against an institution that could give rise to a borrower defense 
claim.
As published, the new rules remove certain barriers and simplify the process for borrowers with a total and permanent disability
and borrowers seeking public service loan forgiveness. The rules also expand closed school loan discharge provisions. The rules 
reduce the required supporting evidence and related obligations of students applying for BDR loan forgiveness, expand the categories
students could raise in a BDR application, and provide the Department wide latitude to selectively adjudicate future BDR applications
without affording institutions adequate opportunity to respond and potentially without regard to the individual merits of the BDR 
applications. The new BDR rules remove any statute of limitations on student claims and create a rebuttable presumption in favor of 
full loan forgiveness as opposed to partial relief for most approved applications, eliminating the Department’s approach under the 
previous rules of assessing whether and to what extent a student had been financially harmed. The rules also increase the burden on
institutions to maintain and provide documentation to refute student claims. As a result, an institution’s failure to maintain and provide 
timely and responsive information that goes beyond the contents of a typical student’s academic file in response to future BDR 
applications could form the basis for loan forgiveness. The combination of the reduced requirements, increased categories, and 
presumptions will increase the likelihood of loan forgiveness and potentially create a significant financial incentive for existing and 
former students to apply for loan forgiveness regardless of a claim’s merit. In fact, the Department’s current efforts to settle litigation 
in the Sweet Matter (see "Borrower Defense to Repayment: Department Settlement of Pending BDR Applications, Inducement of New
Claims" for more information regarding the Sweet Matter) reflects an attempt to discharge the loans for hundreds of thousands of 
"
students without regards to the merits of their claims and induced the filing of tens of thousands of new BDR applications in a matter 
of only a few months from students hoping to benefit from the opportunity afforded by the settlement.
On February 28, 2023, the Career Colleges & Schools of Texas (“CCST”) filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the
T
Northern District of Texas challenging the Department’s recently promulgated borrower defense to repayment and closed school loan
discharge regulations. CCST initiated the lawsuit in an effort to set aside the BDR rule on the grounds that it violates the U.S.
Constitution and the Administrative Procedure Act. On August 7, 2023, a three-judge Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals panel granted a 

25
motion for an injunction pending appeal in the lawsuit. The motion stayed the effective date of the borrower defense to repayment and 
closed school loan discharge provisions that went into effect on July 1, 2023. On November 6, 2023, oral argument was heard by a 
three judge panel of the Fifth Circuit. On April 4, 2024, the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals reversed the order of the U.S. District Court 
for the Western District of Texas, and granted a preliminary injunction against the 2022 BDR Rule. On October 11, 2024, the 
Department of Education petitioned the Supreme Court to review the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit’s grant of the
preliminary injunction. On January 10, 2025, the Supreme Court granted the petition for certiorari review. According to the Supreme 
Court’s docket, it is only taking up one of the two questions in the petition: “Whether the court of appeals erred in holding that the
Education Act does not permit the assessment of borrower defenses to repayment before default, in administrative proceedings, or on
a group basis.” On February 6, 2025, the Supreme Court paused at the Department’s request its review of the lawsuit, as the Acting
Secretary of Education announced that the Department would reevaluate the Department’s BDR regulations.
Financial Responsibility Standards
To participate in Title IV Programs, our institutions must either satisfy standards of financial responsibility prescribed by the 
Department, or post a letter of credit in favor of the Department and possibly accept other conditions on their participation in Title IV 
Programs. Pursuant to the Title IV Program regulations, each eligible higher education institution must, among other things, satisfy on 
an annual basis a quantitative standard of financial responsibility that is based on a weighted average of three tests that assess the 
financial condition of the institution, known as a “composite score.” The three tests measure primary reserve, equity and net income 
ratios. The Primary Reserve Ratio is a measure of an institution’s financial viability and liquidity. The Equity Ratio is a measure of an 
institution’s capital resources and its ability to borrow. The Net Income Ratio is a measure of an institution’s profitability. These tests
provide three individual scores that are converted into a single composite score. The maximum composite score is 3.0. If the 
institution achieves a composite score of at least 1.5, it is considered financially responsible without conditions or additional oversight. 
A composite score from 1.0 to 1.4 is considered to be in “the zone” of financial responsibility, and a composite score of less than 1.0
is not considered to be financially responsible. If an institution is in “the zone” of financial responsibility, the institution may establish
eligibility to continue to participate in Title IV Programs under the Zone Alternative.
Zone Alternative. Under what is referred to as the “zone alternative,” an institution may continue to participate in Title IV 
Programs for up to three years under additional monitoring and reporting procedures but without having to post a letter of credit in 
favor of the Department. These additional monitoring and reporting procedures include being transferred from the “advance” method 
of payment of Title IV Program funds to cash monitoring status (referred to as Heightened Cash Monitoring 1, or “HCM1,” status) or 
to the “reimbursement” or Heightened Cash Monitoring 2 (“HCM2”) methods of payment. If an institution does not achieve a 
composite score of at least 1.0 in one of the three subsequent years or does not improve its financial condition to attain a composite
score of at least 1.5 by the end of the three-year period, the institution must satisfy another alternative standard to continue 
participating in Title IV Programs.
If an institution has a composite score of less than 1.0 it may continue to participate in Title IV programs under either of the 
following alternative bases:
•
Letter of Credit Alternative. An institution that fails to meet one of the standards of financial responsibility, including by 
having a composite score less than 1.5, may demonstrate financial responsibility by submitting an irrevocable letter of credit to the
Department in an amount equal to at least 50% of the Title IV Program funds that the institution received during its most recently 
completed fiscal year. By choosing this option, the institution qualifies as a financially responsible institution.
•
Provisional Certification. If an institution fails to meet one of the standards of financial responsibility, including by having a
composite score less than 1.5, the Department may permit the institution to participate under provisional certification for up to three 
years. If the Department permits an institution to participate under provisional certification, an institution must comply with the
requirements of the Zone Alternative, including being transferred to the HCM1, HCM2 or “reimbursement” method of payment of 
Title IV Program funds, and must submit a letter of credit to the Department in an amount determined by the Department which can 
range from 10%-100% of the Title IV Program funds that the institution received during its most recently completed fiscal year. If an 
institution is still not financially responsible at the end of the period of provisional certification, including because it has a composite
score of less than 1.0, the Department may again permit provisional certification subject to the terms the Department determines
appropriate.
The Department applies its quantitative financial responsibility tests annually based on an institution’s audited financial
statements and may apply the tests if an institution undergoes a change in control or under other circumstances. The Department also
may apply the tests to the parent company of our institutions, and to other related entities. The Department currently applies the
composite score to the parent company on a consolidated basis. Our composite score for the consolidated entity for the year ended 
December 31, 2023 was 3.0, and our preliminary calculation for the year ended December 31, 2024 is also 3.0, which is the highest 
possible score and considered financially responsible without conditions or additional oversight. If in the future we are required to 
satisfy the Department’s standards of financial responsibility on an alternative basis, including potentially by posting irrevocable
letters of credit, we may not have the capacity to post these letters of credit.

26
Currently, USAHS is on HCM1 and has posted an LOC in favor of the Department in the amount of $21.5 million as of 
December 31, 2024, due to its FRR score attributable to its prior ownership which for 2023 was 0.5. We will engage with the 
Department to seek removal of these limitations in connection with their review the change of ownership application materials we
have submitted and the resulting passing financial responsibility metrics and subsequent FRR score for USAHS.
Accreditor and state regulatory requirements also address financial responsibility, and these requirements vary among agencies 
and also are different from the Department requirements. Any developments relating to our satisfaction of the Department’s financial 
responsibility requirements may lead to additional focus or review by our accreditors or applicable state agencies regarding their 
respective financial responsibility requirements.
In addition to the annual tests referenced above, both the 2016 and 2019 borrower defense to repayment regulations include 
discussion of financial triggering events that may provide the Department discretion regarding periodic determinations of our financial
responsibility and associated enhanced financial protection in the form of a letter of credit or other security it determines it needs.
Recently promulgated changes to the financial responsibility regulations that became effective July 1, 2024 included updates to the list 
of triggering events that, if they occur, may require the posting of one or more letters of credit with the Department.
See “Negotiated Rulemaking 2023: Financial Responsibility
“
” above for more information about changes to the previous rule. 
See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – A failure to demonstrate ‘financial 
responsibility’ or ‘administrative capability’ or meet new 'certification' requirements would have negative impacts on our 
operations,” for additional information regarding risks relating to the financial responsibility standards.
Return and Refunds of Title IV Program Funds
An institution participating in Title IV Programs must correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program funds that 
were disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs, and must return those funds to the government in a timely 
manner.
The portion of tuition and fee payments billed to students but not yet earned is recorded as deferred tuition revenue and reflected 
as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheets, as such amounts represent revenue that we expect to earn within the next year. 
If a student withdraws from one of our institutions prior to the completion of the academic term, we refund the portion of tuition and 
fees already paid that we are not entitled to retain, pursuant to applicable federal and state law and accrediting agency standards and 
our refund policy. The amount of funds to be refunded on behalf of a student is calculated based upon the period of time in which the
student has attended classes and the amount of tuition and fees paid by the student as of the student’s withdrawal date.
Institutions are required to return any unearned Title IV funds within 45 days of the date the institution determines that the 
student has withdrawn. An institution that is found to be in non-compliance with the Department refund requirements for either of the
last two completed fiscal years must post a letter of credit in favor of the Department in an amount equal to 25% of the total Title IV
Program returns that were paid or should have been paid by the institution during its most recently completed fiscal year. As of 
December 31, 2024, CTU and AIUS have posted no letters of credit in favor of the Department due to non-compliance with the 
Department refund requirements. USAHS has issued a letter of credit for $0.1 million due to non-compliance with the Department's
refund requirements that took place before our acquisition.
Change of Ownership or Control
When an institution undergoes a change of ownership or a change of ownership resulting in a change of control, as those terms 
are defined and applied by the applicable state approving agency, its accrediting agency and the Department, it must secure the 
approval of those agencies to continue to operate and to continue to participate in Title IV Programs. If the institution is unable to re-
establish state authorization and accreditation requirements and satisfy other requirements for certification by the Department, the
institution may lose its authority to operate and its ability to participate in Title IV Programs. An institution whose change of 
ownership or control is approved by the appropriate authorities is nonetheless provisionally re-certified by the Department for a period 
of up to three years. Transactions or events that constitute a change of ownership or a change of control by one or more of the
applicable regulatory agencies, including the Department, applicable state agencies, and accrediting bodies, include the acquisition of 
an institution from another entity or significant acquisition or disposition of an institution’s equity or assets. It is possible that some of 
these events may occur without our control. Our failure to obtain, or a delay in obtaining, a required approval of any change in control 
from the Department, applicable state agencies, or accrediting agencies could impair our ability or the ability of the affected 
institutions to participate in Title IV Programs. If we were to undergo a change of control and our institutions failed to obtain the 
required approvals from applicable regulatory agencies in a timely manner, our student population, financial condition, results of 
operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
When we acquire an institution that is eligible to participate in Title IV Programs, that institution typically undergoes a change 
of ownership resulting in a change of control as defined by the Department. Our acquired institutions in the past have undergone a 
certification review under our ownership and have been certified to participate in Title IV Programs on a provisional basis, per 
Department requirements, until such time that the Department signs a new program participation agreement with the institution. 

27
Currently, only USAHS is subject to provisional certification status due to the Department’s change of ownership criteria. The 
potential adverse effects of a change of control under Department regulations may influence future decisions by us and our 
stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our common stock.
On October 28, 2022, the Department, as part of 2021-2022 negotiated rulemaking agenda, published Final Regulations on 
Change of Ownership. The Department added a definition of main campus as “the primary physical location where the institution 
offers programs, within the same ownership structure of the institution, and certified as the main campus by the Department and the 
institution’s accrediting agency.” Also included is a required notification to the Department and students of planned change in 
ownership at least 90 days in advance. The new regulations also lower reporting of ownership interest changes to 5%, instead of the 
current 25% threshold and raised the threshold of full review of change in control from 25% ownership interest changes to 50%.
Opening New Institutions, Start-up Campuses and Adding Educational Programs
The Higher Education Act generally requires that for-profit institutions be fully operational for two years before applying to 
participate in Title IV Programs. However, an institution that is certified to participate in Title IV Programs may establish a start-up
branch campus or location and participate in Title IV Programs at the start-up campus without satisfying the two-year requirement if 
the start-up campus has received all of the necessary state and accrediting agency approvals, has been reported to the Department, and 
meets certain other criteria as defined by the Department. Nevertheless, under certain circumstances, a start-up branch campus may 
also be required to obtain approval from the Department to be able to participate in Title IV Programs.
In addition to the Department regulations, certain of the state and accrediting agencies with jurisdiction over our institutions 
have requirements that may affect our ability to open a new institution, open a start-up branch campus or location of one of our 
existing institutions, or begin offering a new educational program at one of our institutions. If we establish a new institution, add a 
new branch start-up campus, or expand program offerings at any of our institutions without obtaining the required approvals, we 
would likely be liable for repayment of Title IV Program funds provided to students at that institution or branch campus or enrolled in 
that educational program, and we could also be subject to sanctions. Also, if we are unable to obtain the approvals from the 
Department, applicable state regulatory agencies, and accrediting agencies for any new institutions, branch campuses, or program 
offerings where such approvals are required, or to obtain such approvals in a timely manner, our ability to grow our business would be 
impaired and our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.  
Administrative Capability
See “Negotiated Rulemaking 2023: Administrative Capability
“
” above.
Restrictions on Payment of Commissions, Bonuses and Other Incentive Payments
An institution participating in Title IV Programs cannot provide any commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based 
directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or awarding Title IV financial aid to any persons or entities engaged in any
student recruiting or admission activities or in making decisions regarding the award of student financial assistance. Regulations 
issued in October 2010 which became effective July 1, 2011 rescinded previously issued Department guidance and “safe harbors” 
relied upon by higher education institutions in making decisions about how they managed, compensated and promoted individuals and 
their supervisors engaged in student recruiting and awarding of financial aid. The elimination of these “safe harbor” protections and 
guidance required us to terminate certain compensation payments to our affected employees and to implement changes in contractual 
and other arrangements with third parties to change structures formerly allowed under Department rules, and has had an impact on our 
ability to compensate, recruit, retain and motivate affected admissions and other affected employees as well as on our business 
arrangements with third-party lead generators and other marketing vendors. In September 2016, the Department’s Office of Inspector 
General released a revised audit guide, subsequently amended, applicable specifically to for-profit schools that requires an annual 
audit to review compliance with the incentive compensation restrictions.
Further, the Department provides very limited published guidance regarding this rule and does not establish clear criteria for 
compliance for many circumstances. If the Department determined that an institution’s compensation practices violated these 
standards, the Department could subject the institution to substantial monetary fines, penalties or other sanctions, and exposure to 
increased risk of action under the False Claims Act.
Substantial Misrepresentation
The Higher Education Act prohibits an institution participating in Title IV Programs from engaging in substantial
misrepresentation of the nature of its educational programs, financial charges, graduate employability or its relationship with the
Department. Under the Department’s rules, a "misrepresentation" is any statement (made in writing, visually, orally or otherwise) 
made by the institution, any of its representatives or a third party that provides educational programs, marketing, advertising, 
recruiting, or admissions services to the institution, that is false, erroneous or has the likelihood or tendency to deceive, and a 
"substantial misrepresentation" is any misrepresentation on which the person to whom it was made could reasonably be expected to
rely, or has reasonably relied, to that person’s detriment. Considering the broad definition of “substantial misrepresentation,” it is
possible that, despite our training efforts and compliance programs, our institutions' employees or service providers may make 

28
statements that could be construed as substantial misrepresentations. If the Department determines that one of our institutions has
engaged in substantial misrepresentation, the Department may revoke the institution’s program participation agreement, deny 
applications from the institution for approval of new programs or locations or other matters, initiate proceedings under its borrower 
defense to repayment regulations, or fine, limit, suspend, or terminate its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs; the institution
could also be exposed to increased risk of action under the Federal False Claims Act.
OTHER INFORMATION
Our website address is www.perdoceoed.com. We make available within the “Investor Relations” portion of our website under 
the caption “Annual Reports & SEC Filings,” free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and 
current reports on Form 8-K, including any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file 
or furnish such materials to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Also, the SEC maintains an Internet site at 
www.sec.govthat contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information that we file electronically with the SEC.
Information contained on our website is expressly not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.

29
Item 1A. RISK FACTORS 
Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate
Compliance with the extensive regulatory requirements applicable to our business can be costly and time consuming, and failure to
comply could result in substantial financial penalties, severe restrictions on or closure of our operations, loss of federal and state 
financial aid funding for our students, or loss of our authorization to operate our institutions. 
As a provider of postsecondary education and a participant in federal and state programs providing financial assistance to 
students, we are subject to extensive laws and regulation at both the federal and state levels as well as by accrediting agencies. These
requirements cover virtually all aspects of our business. 
In particular, the Higher Education Act authorizes Title IV Programs and subjects participants to extensive regulations by the 
Department, state education authorizing agencies, and accrediting agencies. Our institutions’ participation in education assistance
programs administered by the Departments of Defense and Veterans Affairs also subjects us to oversight by those agencies. In
addition, other federal agencies such as the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) and the Federal Trade Commission 
(“FTC”) and various state agencies and state attorneys general enforce a broad range of consumer protection and other laws applicable
C
to activities of postsecondary educational institutions, such as recruiting, marketing, the protection of personal information, student 
financing and payment servicing.
Because of these regulatory requirements, we are subject to compliance reviews and audits, as well as claims of noncompliance
and lawsuits by government agencies based on claims by students, current and former employees and other third parties. These 
matters often require the expenditure of substantial time and resources to address and, additionally, they may damage our reputation, 
even if such actions are eventually determined to be without merit. For example, the Department has broad powers to request 
information and review records of an institution participating in Title IV Programs. These requests can be open-ended and do not 
necessarily relate to any specific allegations of wrongdoing or assert any compliance failures of any kind. We received such a request 
from the Department in December 2021. The inquiry was subsequently closed in January 2025 without any findings. Due process 
safeguards and protections for institutions subjected to this type of information request are limited to the Department’s interpretation
of the boundaries of its authority over institutions participating in Title IV programs.  
The Department, under the Biden Administration, took an ever-expanding view on its authority over the administration of Title 
IV programs, institutions and loans, including overruling or ignoring a number of historical precedents and due process safeguards. 
The Department partnered with advocacy groups critical of the for-profit education sector in numerous aspects of its agenda, which
have lobbied for targeting the sector and our schools. The postsecondary education regulatory environment may change in the future
as a result of the U.S. federal election in November 2024. The new Presidential Administration and new Congress may act to change
or eliminate currently effective ED regulations and final ED regulations that have been promulgated but are not yet effective.
In addition to responding to compliance reviews and audits and other informational requests, we have had significant matters 
pending against us in the past which have resulted in the payment of significant amounts to settle the matters and our agreement to 
ongoing compliance and operational oversight. In this regard, see Item I, “Business – Accreditation, State Regulation and Other 
Compliance Matters – Other Compliance Matters,” for discussion of agreements undertaken in connection with several matters
resolved in recent years.
Compliance with reviews and audits and applicable laws, regulations, standards or policies may impose significant burdens and 
a failure to comply could result in substantial financial penalties, severe restrictions on or closure of our operations, loss of federal and 
state financial aid funding for our students, or loss of authorization to operate our institutions.
“Gainful Employment” regulations may subject us to significant disclosures and limitations, including program closures, which
could materially reduce the enrollments and revenue at our institutions and negatively impact our future growth.
On October 10, 2023, the Biden Administration published final regulations for the GE rule. The GE rule includes a Title IV
eligibility framework that imposes additional requirements on for-profit sector programs, including our schools. The regulation uses 
two key metrics: Debt-to-Earnings (“D/E”) and Earnings Premium (“EP”) metrics to determine whether a program prepares students 
for gainful employment. The D/E metrics measure student debt at a program level against a measure of earnings. The EP metric
measures student earnings at a program level against working individuals with a high school diploma or equivalent. GE programs that 
fail either the D/E or the EP metric in two of three consecutive years will lose Title IV eligibility. Programs offered by AIUS, CTU 
and USAHS are subject to the GE Rule and could lose Title IV eligibility if their programs fail to pass the D/E rates and/or the EP 
measures. The rule also requires our institutions to warn current and prospective students if a program fails any metric in any year. 
The issuance of required GE warnings could deter prospective students from enrolling at our institutions and current students from 
continuing in their programs.  Significantly, the 2023 GE rule is retroactive in its measurements as it evaluates data from previous
student cohorts for the purpose of determining a program’s future Title IV eligibility. It is unclear the impact that state and federal 
mandated business closures experienced during the COVID pandemic and its resulting economic effects may have on our metrics, as 
data from this time period is applicable to the metrics.

30
See “GE and FVT Negotiated Rulemaking” above for information about the timeline of the GE and FVT rules. Given the recent 
challenges associated with implementation of the rules, we have concerns with the accuracy and effectiveness of the GE and FVT 
metrics.
Failure to comply with the GE Rule may result in a loss of Title IV eligibility which would materially impact student 
enrollments and profitability. It additionally may impact the continued viability of our business. Given the complexity of the rules and 
the lack of clarity, transparency and other challenges with the reporting and collection of the data, we are unable to determine the 
impact of the regulations on our business at this time.
Our institutions could lose their eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs, face limitations on their ability
to serve new or former students or have other limitations placed upon them if the percentage of their revenues derived from certain 
federal programs is too high.
Under revised regulations effective for calendar year 2023, any of our institutions may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV 
Programs if, on modified cash basis accounting, the percentage of the cash receipts derived from federal funding programs for two 
consecutive fiscal years is greater than 90%. The Department specified the sources of federal funding to be included in the 90-10 Rule 
in mid-December 2022, well after a substantial majority of students for the upcoming 2023 calendar year, a majority of those students
which were in the process of continuing through their program, had already enrolled and elected financing for upcoming classes. 
Federal funding now includes tuition assistance under the Title IV program as well as tuition assistance benefits provided to members 
of the military and veterans as well as a significant number of other federal programs supporting higher education and training. Under 
this modified 90-10 Rule, an institution that derives more than 90% of its cash receipts from federal funding sources for any fiscal
year will be placed on provisional participation status for its next two fiscal years and is required to issue notices to existing students
about the potential loss of Title IV funding. The issuance of any required notice could deter prospective students from enrolling at our 
institutions and current students from continuing in their programs. We have substantially no control over the amount of Title IV 
student loans and grants, military or veteran education benefits, or other federal education assistance funds sought by or awarded to
our students and given the significant existing student populations at our institutions when these rules were adopted, the 90-10 Rule 
operates retroactively to capture the significant federal funding those students were already utilizing and entitled to.
Additionally, we may not know at the time of receipt that funding used by a student was derived from a federal program. In
addition, if the institution violates the 90-10 Rule for two consecutive fiscal years and becomes ineligible to participate in Title IV 
Programs, but continues to disburse Title IV Program funds, the Department would require the repayment of all Title IV Program
funds received by it after the effective date of the loss of eligibility. The Department also noted in its publication of the new rule that 
its expectation was to encourage a shift in enrollment away from for-profit schools and toward taxpayer subsidized community 
colleges. As such, we expect unfavorable treatment from the Department in its interpretations, guidance, and enforcement with regard 
to institutional compliance.
Several factors have adversely impacted our 90-10 percentages in recent years, including increases in Title IV Program aid 
availability including year-round Pell Grant funds and budget reductions for state grant programs, workforce training programs, and 
other funding programs. We expect this negative trend to continue. Additionally, the lack of visibility into federal fund sources that 
students utilize, the timing of the identification of the federal fund sources applicable to the 90-10 Rule, the lack of clarity regarding 
the definition of federal funds which funds count in the “10”, as well as other technical aspects of the calculation methodology, and 
interest levels and variability in the timing of receipts of future cash payments made for allowable non-Title IV programs offered by 
our institutions, all make it difficult to predict future compliance with the 90-10 Rule.  We have implemented various measures 
intended to reduce the percentage of our institutions’ cash basis revenue attributable to designated federal funding sources, including 
efforts to diversify the sources of our revenue. However, these measures may not be adequate to prevent our compliance with the 90-
10 Rule and may not be sufficient to allow our institutions to serve degree-seeking prospective students at the same rates as we have 
historically, or may require limiting the type or volume of new students we enroll or programs we offer. We may be required to
modify our business operations, including reducing our investments in prospective student outreach and recruitment, in order to 
preserve our existing students’ ability to continue benefitting from financial assistance for their education pursuant to Title IV 
Programs. For example, in 2023, we materially reduced prospective student enrollment, marketing and outreach processes at AIUS 
during the year to limit the volume of new federal funding that the institution would receive to preserve available funding for existing
students. Any necessary business changes could materially impact our revenue, operating costs and opportunities for growth.
Furthermore, these business changes could make more difficult our ability to comply with other important regulatory requirements.
The ability of our institutions to comply with the 90-10 Rule will depend upon the composition of our future student population 
and their personal circumstances, as well as on regulatory changes and other factors outside of our control, including those cited 
above. 
While the Department may attempt to impose additional sanctions on institutions that fail the 90-10 Rule, but there is only
limited precedent available to determine their legality or predict what those additional sanctions might be. For example, the new
financial responsibility rule, discussed further below, imposes a mandatory trigger for failure to comply with one year of the 90-10
Rule. It would require a minimum financial protection of 10 percent of the previous year’s Title IV funds. This protection would 

31
remain in place until the institution passes the 90-10 Rule for two consecutive years. The Department has discretion to impose a wide 
range of additional conditions as part of its provisional certification and the institutions' continued participation in Title IV Programs.
These conditions may include, but are not limited to: restrictions on the total amount of Title IV Program funds that may be distributed 
to students attending the institutions; restrictions on programmatic, enrollment, and geographic expansion; requirements to obtain and 
post letters of credit; and additional reporting requirements to include additional interim financial or enrollment reporting.
See Item 1, “Business – Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation – Compliance with Federal Regulatory 
Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations - ‘90-10 Rule,'” for more information about the 90-10 Rule and the measures 
'
we have implemented to improve our compliance.
If any of our institutions lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs due to violation of the prior or modified 90-10 Rule,
the institution would experience a dramatic decline in revenue and would be unable to continue its business as it currently is
conducted. Efforts to reduce the 90-10 Rule percentage for our institutions have and may in the future involve taking measures that 
reduce our revenue, increase our operating expenses or involve interpretations of the 90-10 Rule or other Title IV regulations that are 
without clear precedent (or all of the foregoing, in each case perhaps significantly).
The extensive regulatory requirements applicable to our business may change, in particular as a result of the scrutiny of the for-
profit postsecondary education sector which could require us to make substantial changes to our business, reduce our profitability 
and make compliance more difficult.
The regulations, standards and policies of our regulators change frequently and are subject to interpretation, and interpretations
may change over time or due to changes in presidential administrations. In particular, the Department under the Biden Administration
promulgated a number of new regulations that depending on the date of publication became effective or will be effective on July 1,
2023, 2024 and 2026, including the Financial Value Transparency and Gainful Employment Rule, and revised financial responsibility, 
administrative capability, 90-10, distance education and certification rules. We have been operating with dramatic shifts in regulatory 
approaches across different presidential administrations, resulting in a significant number of regulations being adopted, subsequently 
rescinded or revised, then re-adopted.  While President Trump’s previous priorities are apparent by actions taken in his first term, we
have limited information on the priorities for private postsecondary education for his second term. We anticipate a number of 
regulatory changes may be forthcoming.
The Higher Education Act guides the federal government’s support of postsecondary education. The U.S. Congress is required 
to periodically reauthorize the Higher Education Act and other laws governing Title IV Programs and annually determines the funding 
level for each Title IV Program. Congress last reauthorized the Higher Education Act in 2008. The reauthorization of the Higher 
Education Act results in a change in the requirements for existing programs and its participation in Title IV programs.  Additionally,
funding for student financial assistance programs may be impacted during appropriations and budget actions. See Item 1, “Business—
Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation—Legislative Action and Recent Department Regulatory Initiatives,” for more 
information about the reauthorization of the Higher Education Act. In recent years, Congress, the Department, states, accrediting
agencies, the CFPB, the FTC, state attorneys general, consumer advocacy groups, and the media have scrutinized the for-profit 
postsecondary education sector. See Item 1, “Business - Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation - Scrutiny of the For-
Profit Postsecondary Education Sector,” for more information about the focus on our industry. This scrutiny and efforts of the Biden
Administration led to significant regulatory changes designed to target and limit for-profit postsecondary education. See Item 1, 
“Business - Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation - Legislative Action and Recent Department Regulatory 
Initiatives,” for an overview of regulatory initiatives by the Department. Ongoing efforts by activists to change state authorization 
regulations, State Authorization Reciprocity Agreement ("SARA") reciprocity rules, and state-by-state standards could increase 
regulatory burdens on our business. See Item 1, “Business - Accreditation, State Regulation and Other Compliance Matters - State
Regulation,” for more information about state regulation and SARA.
As in the past, recent and future regulatory changes may have significant impacts on our business, potentially requiring a large 
number of operational changes, changes to and elimination of certain educational programs, or other fundamental changes to our 
business. These actions may reduce our student enrollments and profitability or limit our ability to maintain or grow our business.
These recent and future regulatory changes may also make compliance with regulatory requirements even more complex and difficult.
A failure to demonstrate "financial responsibility" or "administrative capability" or meet new "certification" requirements would 
have negative impacts on our operations.
See “Negotiated Rulemaking: Financial Responsibility,” “Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal 
Regulatory Violations,” “Negotiated Rulemaking: Administrative Capability” and “Negotiated Rulemaking: Certification
Procedures” above for an overview of the current rules relating to the financial responsibility, administrative capability and 
certification procedures.
If our institutions fail to maintain financial responsibility or administrative capability, they could lose their eligibility to 
participate in Title IV Programs, have that eligibility adversely conditioned or be subject to similar negative consequences under 
accreditor and state regulatory requirements, which would have a material adverse effect on our operations. In particular, limitations

32
on participation in Title IV Programs resulting from the failure to demonstrate financial responsibility or administrative capability
could materially reduce the enrollments and revenue at the impacted institution, and a termination of participation would cause a 
dramatic decline in revenue and we would be unable to continue our business as it currently is conducted.
“Borrower defense to repayment” regulations, including closed school loan discharges, may subject us to significant repayment 
liability to the Department for discharged federal student loans and posting of substantial letters of credit that may limit our ability
to make investments in our business which could negatively impact our future growth.
See the “Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations” above for an overview of 
the current rules relating to Borrower Defense to Repayment.
We cannot predict the impact various defense to repayment regulations will have on student enrollments, the volume of claims 
for loan discharge (including closed school discharge), the amount of claims for loan discharge the Department approves, the amount 
of discharged loans the Department asserts we have repayment liability for, our future financial responsibility as determined by the 
Department, or any sanctions or other actions the Department might take against our institutions based on loans discharged, all of 
which could be materially adverse to our business.
Our institutions would lose their ability to participate in Title IV Programs if they fail to maintain their institutional accreditation,
and our student enrollments could decline if certain of our programs fail to obtain or maintain programmatic accreditation.
An institution must be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the Department in order to participate in Title IV
Programs. See Item 1, “Business – Accreditation, Jurisdictional Authorizations and Other Compliance Matters – Institutional 
Accreditation.” The failure to comply with accreditation standards subjects an institution to additional oversight and reporting 
requirements, accreditation proceedings such as a show-cause directive, an action to defer or deny action related to an institution's
application for a new grant of accreditation, an action to suspend an institution's accreditation or a program's approval, or other 
negative actions. Future inquiries or actions by state or federal agencies could negatively impact our accreditation status. If our 
institutions or programs are subject to accreditation actions or are placed on probationary or other negative accreditation status, we
may experience adverse publicity, impaired ability to attract and retain students and substantial expense to obtain unqualified 
accreditation status. The inability to obtain reaccreditation following periodic reviews or any final loss of institutional accreditation 
after exhaustion of the administrative agency processes would result in a loss of Title IV Program funds for the affected institution and 
its students. In addition, if an accrediting body of our institutions loses recognition by the Department, that institution could lose its
ability to participate in Title IV Programs. See Item 1, "Business - Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation - Eligibility 
and Certification by the Department," for more information. 
Many states and professional associations require professional programs to be accredited. While programmatic accreditation is 
not a sufficient basis to qualify for institutional Title IV Program certification, programmatic accreditation may be a prerequisite for or 
improve employment opportunities of program graduates in their chosen field. Those of our programs that do not have such
programmatic accreditation, where available, or fail to maintain such accreditation, particularly in programs in the health sciences 
field, may experience adverse publicity, declining enrollments, litigation or other claims from students or suffer other adverse impacts,
which could result in it being impractical for us to continue offering such programs.
If our institutions fail to maintain adequate systems and processes to detect and prevent fraudulent activity in student enrollment 
and financial aid, our institutions may lose the ability to participate in Title IV programs, or have participation in these programs
conditioned or limited.
Our institutions must maintain systems and processes to identify and prevent fraudulent applications for enrollment and 
financial aid. We cannot be certain that our institutions’ systems and processes will continue to be adequate in the face of increasingly
sophisticated fraud schemes, or that we will be able to expand such systems and processes at a pace consistent with the changing
nature of these fraud schemes. We believe the risk of outside parties attempting to perpetrate fraud in connection with the award and 
disbursement of Title IV program funds, including as a result of identity theft, is heightened due to being an exclusively online
education provider.
The Department requires institutions that participate in Title IV Programs to refer to the Department’s Office of the Inspector 
General ("OIG") credible information about fraud or other illegal conduct involving Title IV programs. If the systems and processes
that our institutions have established to detect and prevent fraud are inadequate, the Department may find that our institutions do not 
satisfy the Department’s administrative capability requirements, which could have the adverse effects described in the risk factor 
captioned “A failure to demonstrate "financial responsibility" or "administrative capability" or meet new "certification" requirements 
would have negative impacts on our operations.” In addition, our ability to participate in Title IV Programs is conditioned on 
maintaining accreditation by an accrediting agency that is recognized by the Department. Any significant failure to adequately detect 
fraudulent activity related to student enrollment and financial aid could cause us to fail to meet accreditors’ standards. Furthermore, 
accrediting agencies that evaluate institutions offering online programs, must require such institutions to have processes through 
which the institution establishes that a student who registers for such a program is the same student who participates in and receives

33
credit for the program. Failure to meet the requirements of our institutions’ accrediting agencies could result in the loss of 
accreditation of one or more of our institutions, which could result in their loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs.
Our agreement with the FTC may lead to unexpected impacts on our student enrollments or higher than anticipated expenses, a 
failure to comply may lead to additional enforcement actions and continued scrutiny may result in additional costs or new 
enforcement actions.
As discussed above, states and other regulatory bodies have increased their focus on the for-profit postsecondary education 
sector. In 2019, we entered into an agreement with the FTC to bring closure to inquiries by them. See Item 1, “Business – 
Accreditation, State Regulation and Other Compliance Matters – Other Compliance Matters” for information about this agreement. 
This agreement may ultimately result in negative impacts on our business, any one of which may be material.
Pursuant to the agreement with the FTC, we agreed to various operating provisions including the operation of a system to 
monitor lead aggregators and generators involving a compliance review by, or on behalf of, the Company of the various sources a 
prospective student interacts with prior to the Company’s purchase and use of the prospective student lead. The compliance costs
related to these agreements may be greater than anticipated and may have a negative impact on our ability to compete effectively and 
maintain and grow student enrollments at our institutions, and a failure to comply may lead to additional enforcement action by 
the  FTC. In addition, we may receive requests from states and other regulatory bodies to provide ongoing proof that we are
complying with applicable laws and regulations and meeting our obligations pursuant to this agreement. Compliance with these
requests results in significant additional costs and a failure to respond, whether required or not, could result in additional enforcement 
actions.
If we are unable to successfully resolve pending or future litigation and regulatory and governmental inquiries involving us, or 
face increased regulatory actions or litigation, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. 
We have been named as defendants currently and/or in the past in various lawsuits, investigations and claims covering a range
of matters, including, but not limited to, violations of federal securities laws, breaches of fiduciary duty and claims made by current 
and former students and employees of our institutions. Current claims include a qui tam action filed in federal court by an individual
plaintiff on behalf of themselves and the federal government alleging that we submitted false claims or statements to the Department 
in violation of the False Claims Act. See Note 12 "Contingencies" to our consolidated financial statements for discussion of these and 
certain other current matters. Additional actions may arise in the future.
Given the highly regulated nature of our industry, we and our institutions are subject to and have regular audits, compliance 
reviews, inquiries, investigations, and claims of non-compliance by the Department, federal and state regulatory agencies, accrediting 
agencies, state attorney general offices, present and former students and employees, and others that may allege violations of statutes,
regulations, accreditation standards, consumer protection and other legal and regulatory requirements applicable to us or our 
institutions. See Note 12 "Contingencies" to our consolidated financial statements and Item 1, "Business - Student Financial Aid and 
Related Federal Regulation - Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations" for 
"
additional discussion of these and certain other current matters. If the results of any such audits, reviews, inquiries, investigations,
claims, or actions are unfavorable to us, we may be required to pay monetary damages or be subject to fines, operational limitations,
loss of federal funding, injunctions, undertakings, additional oversight and reporting, or other civil or criminal penalties.
Even if we maintain compliance with applicable governmental and accrediting body regulations, increased regulatory scrutiny 
or adverse publicity arising from allegations of non-compliance may increase our costs of regulatory compliance and adversely affect 
our financial results, growth rates and prospects.
We are subject to a variety of other claims and litigation that arise from time to time alleging non-compliance with or violations 
of state or federal regulatory matters including, but not limited to, claims involving students, graduates and employees. In the event 
that extensive changes in the overall federal and state regulatory construct results in additional statutory or regulatory bases for these 
types of matters, or other events result in more of such claims or unfavorable outcomes to such claims, there exists the possibility of a 
material adverse impact on our business, reputation, financial position, cash flows and results of operations for the periods in which 
the effects of any such matter or matters becomes probable and reasonably estimable. 
We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of these and future matters and expect to continue to incur significant defense costs and 
other expenses in connection with them. We may be required to pay substantial damages or settlement costs in excess of our insurance 
coverage related to these matters. Government investigations and any related legal and administrative proceedings may result in the
institution of administrative, civil injunctive or criminal proceedings against us and/or our current or former directors, officers or 
employees, or the imposition of significant fines, penalties or suspensions, or other remedies and sanctions. Any such costs and 
expenses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations and the market price of our common
stock.
If the Department denies, or significantly conditions, recertification of any of our institutions to participate in Title IV Programs, 
that institution could not conduct its business as it is currently conducted.  

34
Under the provisions of the Higher Education Act, an institution must apply to the Department for continued certification to 
participate in Title IV Programs at least every six years or whenever it undergoes a change of control. Generally, the recertification 
process includes a review by the Department of an institution’s educational programs and locations, administrative capability,
financial responsibility, and other regulatory oversight categories. USAHS is operating under a temporary provisional program 
participation agreement as a result of its recent change of ownership. Pursuant to applicable regulations, if the change of ownership is
approved, USAHS will then participate under provisional certification for up to three years. During the period of provisional
certification, an institution must obtain prior Department approval to add an educational program, open a new location, increase the 
credential level of its offerings, or shorten or lengthen its programs, which could negatively impact USAHS ability to take these
actions.  Institutions may be given provisional program participation agreements for nominal or arbitrary reasons and we have seen in
some instances without justification, including the existence of an open and pending audit or review within the Department’s 
discretion or unspecified issues arising out of past administrative capability issues. Recently, the Department has imposed a number of 
additional reporting, limiting and monitoring conditions on continued participation against institutions it has recertified. 
Additionally, as stated above, in February 2025, both CTU and AIUS received renewals of their program participation 
agreements through June 30, 2027. Additionally, AIUS was removed from provisional certification, leaving both AIUS and CTU with
full certification. By March 31, 2027, CTU and AIUS will each be required to submit applications for recertification to continue
participation in Title IV Programs.
If the Department finds that any of our institutions do not fully satisfy all required eligibility and certification standards, the 
Department could deny recertification or limit, suspend, or terminate the institution’s participation in Title IV Programs. Continued 
Title IV Program eligibility is critical to the operation of our business. If any of our institutions becomes ineligible to participate in
Title IV Programs, or have that participation significantly conditioned, it could not conduct its business as currently conducted and we
would experience a dramatic decline in revenue. 
We are dependent on the recertification and maintenance of Title IV Programs.
A substantial majority of our students rely upon Title IV Programs to assist in financing their education, and we derive a 
substantial majority of our revenue and cash flows from Title IV Programs. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2024, a 
majority of our students who were in a program of study at any date during that year participated in Title IV Programs, which resulted 
in Title IV Program cash receipts of approximately $484 million. As a result, any legislative or regulatory action that significantly
reduces Title IV Program funding or the ability of our students to participate, or that places significant additional burdens on or 
eliminates our ability to participate, would materially reduce the number of students who enroll at our institutions, our revenue and our 
profitability, and we would be unable to continue our business as it currently is conducted.
We need timely approval by applicable regulatory agencies to offer new programs or make substantive changes to existing 
programs. 
Our institutions frequently need to obtain approvals from regulatory agencies in the conduct of their business. For example, to 
establish a new educational program or substantive changes to existing programs, we are required to obtain the appropriate approvals
from the Department and applicable state and accrediting regulatory agencies. Staffing levels at the Department and other regulatory
agencies and the volume of applications and other requests may delay our receipt of necessary approvals. Further, approvals may be 
conditioned or denied in a manner that could significantly affect our strategic plans and future growth. Approval by these regulatory 
agencies may also be negatively impacted due to regulatory inquiries or reviews and any adverse publicity relating to such matters or 
the industry generally. 
If our institutions become ineligible to participate in various educational assistance programs, it could have a material negative 
impact on student enrollments and could have other adverse consequences.
Some students at our institutions receive education-related benefits pursuant to their employment or participation in programs 
for military or veteran personnel. If any decision is made that reduces our institutions’ eligibility to participate in these employer 
sponsored educational assistance programs or the programs benefitting military or veteran personnel, we could experience a material 
decline in student enrollments and revenue.
Risks Related to Our Business
Our financial performance depends on the level of student enrollments in our institutions.
Enrollment of students at our institutions is impacted by many of the regulatory risks discussed above and business risks
discussed below, many of which are beyond our control. We also believe that the level of our student enrollments is affected by 
changes in economic conditions, although both the nature and magnitude of this effect are uncertain and may change over time. For 
example, during periods when the unemployment rate declines or remains stable, prospective students may have more employment 
options, leading them to choose to work rather than to pursue postsecondary education. On the other hand, high unemployment rates 
may affect the willingness of students to incur loans to pay for postsecondary education or to pursue postsecondary education in 
general.

35
Affordability concerns and negative perception of the value of a college degree increase reluctance to take on debt and make it 
more challenging for us to attract and retain students. We may experience decreasing enrollments in our institutions due to changing
demographic trends in family size, overall declines in enrollment in postsecondary institutions, job growth in fields unrelated to our 
core disciplines or other societal factors. Further, we continue to make investments in and changes to our business which are designed 
to improve student experiences, retention and academic outcomes and support the long-term sustainable and responsible growth of our 
institutions. These initiatives may not be successful or the success of these initiatives may reduce over time.  
Our student enrollments could suffer from any of these circumstances. We believe it is likely that legislative, regulatory and 
economic uncertainties will continue, and thus it is currently difficult to assess our long-term growth prospects. Reduced enrollments
at our institutions, for any of the reasons mentioned herein or otherwise, generally reduce our profitability, which, depending on the 
level of the decline, could be material.
We compete with a variety of educational institutions, especially in the online education market, and if we are unable to compete
effectively, our student enrollments and revenue could be adversely impacted.
The postsecondary education industry is highly fragmented and increasingly competitive. Our institutions compete with 
traditional public and private two-year and four-year colleges and universities, other for-profit institutions, other online education 
providers and alternatives to higher education, such as immediate employment and military service. Some public and private 
institutions charge lower tuition for courses of study similar to those offered by our institutions due, in part, to government subsidies,
government and foundation grants, tax-deductible contributions and other financial resources not available to for-profit institutions, 
and this competition may increase if additional subsidies or resources become available to those institutions. For example, a typical
community college is subsidized by local or state government and, as a result, tuition rates for associate’s degree programs may be 
much lower at community colleges than at our institutions. Many states have adopted or proposed programs to enable residents to 
attend community colleges for free. 
Some of our competitors are more widely known and have more established reputations than our institutions. In addition, some 
of our competitors are subject to fewer regulatory burdens on enrollment and financial aid processes, which may enable them to 
compete more effectively for potential students. In particular, several of our publicly traded for-profit competitors have converted or 
are attempting to convert to a structure where a for-profit service company provides services to a non-profit educational institution, 
which reduces the impact of certain regulations on their operations, such as the 90-10 Rule and GE. 
We also expect to experience increased competition as more postsecondary education providers increase their online program 
offerings (in particular programs that are geared towards the needs of working adults), including traditional and community colleges
that had not previously offered online education programs, and increase their use of personalized learning technologies. This trend has
been accelerated by the COVID-19 pandemic and companies that provide and/or manage online learning platforms for traditional 
colleges and community colleges. Increased competition may create greater pricing or operating pressure on us, which could have a
material adverse effect on our institutions’ enrollments, revenues and profit margins. We may also face increased competition in
maintaining and developing new corporate and other engagements with employers, particularly as employers become more selective 
as to which online universities they will encourage or offer scholarships to their employees to attend and from which online 
universities they will hire prospective employees.
Congress, the Department and other agencies have required increasing disclosure of information to prospective students (with 
some disclosures only required by for-profit institutions). Some of these disclosures may negatively impact a prospective student’s 
decision to enroll in one of our institutions.
An increase in competition, particularly from traditional colleges with well-established reputations that rely on a history of 
selective admissions, may affect the success of our recruiting efforts to enroll and retain students who are likely to succeed in our 
educational programs, or cause us to reduce our tuition rates and increase our marketing and other recruiting expenses, which could 
adversely impact our profitability and cash flows. 
The U.S. political and economic environment could materially impact our business operations and financial performance, and 
uncertainty surrounding the potential legal, regulatory and policy changes by the new U.S. presidential administration may 
directly affect us and the global economy.
The political and economic environment in the U.S. and elsewhere has resulted in and may continue to result in uncertainty. 
Changing regulatory policies because of the changing political environment could impact our regulatory and compliance costs and 
future revenues, all of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Failure to 
adapt to or comply with evolving regulatory requirements or investor or stakeholder expectations and standards could also negatively 
impact our reputation, access to capital and our stock price.
The presidential election and congressional seat turnover may result in increased regulatory and economic uncertainty. Changes 
in federal policy by the executive branch and regulatory agencies may occur over time through the new presidential administration’s 
and/or Congress’s policy and personnel changes, which could lead to changes involving the level of oversight and focus on for-profit 
postsecondary education providers; however, the nature, timing and economic and political effects of such potential changes remain 

36
uncertain. Any future changes in federal and state laws and regulations, as well as the interpretation and implementation of such laws
and regulations, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways.
Additionally, levels of U.S. federal government spending are difficult to predict and subject to significant risk. Considerable 
uncertainty exists regarding how future budget and program decisions will unfold, including the spending priorities of the new U.S.
presidential administration and Congress and what challenges budget reductions will present for us and our industry generally. For 
example, the Department of Government Efficiency (“DOGE
“
”) was announced to reform federal government processes and reduce 
expenditures. The Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) published Memorandum M-25-13 on January 29, 2025 which 
temporarily paused all activities related to obligation or disbursement of all federal financial assistance. The Executive Order did not 
impact funds provided to individual students, such as Federal Pell Grants and Direct Loans. While Memorandum M-25-13 was
rescinded on February 3, 2025 following litigation challenging it, the administration has stated that it still pursuing a spending freeze. 
We are unable to predict if there will be budget reduction initiatives that would impact student federal financial assistance available to 
our students and, if so, the extent of those reductions.
Pressures on and uncertainty surrounding the U.S. federal government’s budget, and potential changes in budgetary priorities, 
could adversely affect the funding of federal programs providing financial assistance to our students, which could in turn adversely 
affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
Our financial performance depends on our ability to develop awareness among, and enroll and retain, students in our institutions
and programs in a cost-effective manner.
If our institutions are unable to successfully conduct outreach for and recruit prospective students for their educational 
programs, our institutions’ ability to attract and enroll prospective students in those programs could be adversely affected. We have 
been investing in our student admissions and advising functions and other initiatives to improve student experiences, retention and 
academic outcomes. If these initiatives do not continue to succeed, our ability to attract, enroll and retain students in our programs
could be adversely affected. Further, internet and other technology, including data gathering and marketing and advertising, is 
changing fast and we may be unable to adapt our initiatives to attract, enroll and retain students in a timely manner. Consequently, our 
ability to increase revenue or maintain profitability could be impaired. Some of the factors that could prevent us from successfully 
conducting outreach and recruitment for our institutions and the programs that they offer include, but are not limited to: student or 
employer dissatisfaction with our educational programs and services; diminished access to prospective students; our failure to
maintain or expand our brand names or other factors related to our marketing or advertising practices; FTC or Federal
Communications Commission restrictions on contacting prospective students and the use of internet, mobile phone and other 
advertising and marketing media; costs and effectiveness of internet, mobile phone and other advertising programs; and changing 
media preferences of our target audiences. 
We use third-party lead aggregators and generators to help us identify prospective students. The practices of some lead 
aggregators and generators have been questioned by various regulatory bodies, which could lead to changes in the quality and number 
of prospective student leads provided by these lead aggregators and generators as well as the cost thereof, which could in turn result in 
a reduction in the number of students we enroll. Further, the highly regulated nature of the postsecondary education industry and the
resulting compliance measures undertaken by the industry are burdensome and some lead aggregators may choose not to work with us
in favor of providing their services to different industries. In addition, the number of lead aggregators and generators has reduced over 
time due to consolidation in that industry, and this could exaggerate the indirect impact on us of any negative developments within 
that industry or with respect to any lead aggregator or generator with which we do business.
We may not be able to retain our key personnel or hire, train and retain the personnel we need to sustain and grow our business.
Our future success depends largely on the skills, efforts and motivation of our executive officers and other key personnel, as 
well as on our ability to attract and retain qualified managers and our institutions’ ability to attract and retain qualified faculty 
members and administrators. If any of our executive officers leave the Company, it may be difficult to hire a replacement with similar 
experience and skills due to the highly regulated nature of our business. The political and regulatory uncertainty facing the for-profit 
postsecondary education industry may make it difficult to retain key personnel, in particular long-tenured senior officers. Loss of key
personnel in the future could impact our growth, lead to changes in or create uncertainty about our business strategies or otherwise 
impact management’s attention to operations. 
Our success and ability to grow depends on the ability to hire, train and retain significant numbers of talented people. We face 
competition from companies in postsecondary education and other industries in attracting, hiring and retaining personnel who possess
the combination of skills and experiences that we seek to implement our business strategy. In particular, our performance is dependent 
upon the availability and retention of qualified personnel for our student support operations. The negative publicity surrounding our 
industry sometimes makes it difficult and more expensive to attract, hire and retain qualified and experienced personnel, and the 
Department’s regulations related to incentive compensation affect our ability to compensate admissions and financial aid personnel.
Our ability to effectively train our student support personnel and the length of time it takes them to become productive also impacts
our results of operations. This may result in additional costs in the future as we are required to provide increased compensation in 
order to attract and retain qualified employees. 

37
Regulatory changes impacting the for-profit postsecondary education sector may require us to make substantial changes to our 
business and explore alternative business strategies to maintain or grow our business. If our executive officers and other key personnel
lack experience necessary to support these changes, we may be unable to timely attract the talent that we need.
Our financial performance depends, in part, on our ability to keep pace with changing market needs and technology. 
Increasingly, prospective employers of students who graduate from our institutions demand that their new employees possess
appropriate technological skills and also appropriate “soft” skills, such as communication, critical thinking and teamwork skills. These
desired skills can evolve rapidly in a changing economic and technological environment, so it is important for our institutions’ 
educational programs to evolve in response to those economic and technological changes. Current or prospective students or the
employers of our graduates may not accept expansion of our existing programs, improved program content and the development of 
new programs. Students and faculty increasingly rely on personal communication devices and expect that we will be able to adapt our 
information technology platforms and our educational delivery methods to support these devices and any new technologies that may
develop. Even if our institutions are able to develop acceptable new and improved programs in a cost-effective manner, our 
institutions may not be able to begin offering them as quickly as prospective students and employers would like or as quickly as our 
competitors offer similar programs. If we are unable to adequately respond to changes in market requirements due to regulatory or 
financial constraints, rapid technological changes or other factors, our ability to attract and retain students could be impaired and our 
revenue and profitability could be adversely affected.
Our future results of operations could be materially adversely affected if we are required to write down the carrying value of non-
financial assets and non-financial liabilities, such as goodwill.
In accordance with U.S. GAAP, we review our non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, including goodwill,l  for 
impairment on at least an annual basis through the application of fair value-based measurements. On an interim basis, we review our 
assets and liabilities to determine if a triggering event had occurred that would result in it being more likely than not that the fair value 
would be less than the carrying amount for any of our reporting units or indefinite-lived intangible assets. Some factors that 
management considers when determining if a triggering event has occurred include reviewing the significant inputs to the fair value 
calculation and any events or circumstances that could affect the significant inputs, including, but not limited to, financial 
performance, legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, political, business or other factors, industry and market conditions
as well as the most recent quantitative fair value analysis for each reporting unit and the amount of the difference between the 
estimated fair value and the carrying value. We determine the fair value of our reporting units using a combination of an income 
approach, based on discounted cash flow, and a market-based approach. To the extent the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its
carrying amount, we will be required to record an impairment charge in the consolidated statements of income. Our estimates of fair 
value are based primarily on projected future results and expected cash flows consistent with our plans to manage the underlying
businesses, including projections of newly acquired businesses. However, should we encounter unexpected economic conditions or 
operational results, have unforeseen complications with integration of newly acquired businesses or need to take additional actions not 
currently foreseen to comply with current and future regulations, the assumptions used to calculate the fair value of our assets,
estimates of future cash flows, revenue growth, and discount rates could be negatively impacted and could result in an impairment of 
goodwill which could materially adversely affect our results of operations. 
We rely on proprietary rights and intellectual property in conducting our business, which may not be adequately protected under 
current laws, and we may encounter disputes from time to time relating to our use of the intellectual property of third parties. 
Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our proprietary rights. We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks,
service marks, trade secrets, domain names and agreements to protect our proprietary rights. We rely on service mark and trademark 
protection in the United States and select foreign jurisdictions to protect our rights to our marks as well as distinctive logos and other 
marks associated with our services. These measures may not be adequate, and we cannot be certain that we have secured, or will be
able to secure, appropriate protections for all of our proprietary rights. Unauthorized third parties may attempt to duplicate the
proprietary aspects of our curricula, online resource material and other content despite our efforts to protect these rights. Our 
management’s attention may be diverted by these attempts, and we may need to use funds for lawsuits to protect our proprietary rights
against any infringement or violation. 
We may encounter disputes from time to time over rights and obligations concerning intellectual property, and we may not 
prevail in these disputes. Third parties may raise a claim against us alleging an infringement or violation of the intellectual property of 
that third party. Some third-party intellectual property rights may be extremely broad, and it may not be possible for us to conduct our 
operations in such a way as to avoid those intellectual property rights. In addition, in some instances, our faculty members or our 
students may post various articles or other third-party content on class discussion boards or download third-party content to personal
computers, which may result in claims or liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of this material. Any intellectual
property claim could subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial resources and management 
personnel regardless of whether such claim has merit.

38
Our corporate engagement programs have contributed to student enrollment growth through 2024. If we fail to enter new 
corporate engagements or if existing corporate partners pause or reduce participation in their tuition assistance programs, total 
student enrollments may suffer.
We remain focused on investing in and improving processes that support our corporate engagement programs. These programs 
have been a meaningful driver of total enrollment growth through 2024. Our continued success with these programs depends, in part, 
on our ability to maintain existing corporate engagements and enter into additional corporate engagements. There is no guarantee that 
our existing corporate partners will have an interest in continuing to fund or expand these tuition assistance programs, and there is no
guarantee that their employees will continue to have the same level of interest in participating, which could adversely impact total 
student enrollments. 
The acquisition, integration and growth of acquired businesses may present challenges that could harm our business.
On December 2, 2024, we completed our acquisition of the University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences (“USAHS”). Our 
S
future success will depend, in part, on our ability to integrate USAHS, and any other institutions or businesses we may acquire in the 
future, into our operations. The successful integration and profitable operation of an acquired institution or business, including the 
realization of anticipated cost savings and additional revenue opportunities, can present challenges, and the failure to overcome these
challenges can have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Such challenges,
while ultimately dependent on the particular acquisition at hand, may include, among other things, the inability to maintain uniform 
standards, controls, policies and procedures; the acquired business not performing as expected; distraction of management’s attention 
from normal business operations during the integration process; the inability to attract and/or retain key management personnel to 
operate the acquired entity; the inability to obtain, or delays in obtaining, regulatory or other approvals necessary to operate the
business; the risk that disruptions from the integration will harm our or the acquired entity’s businesses; potential adverse reactions or 
changes to business relationships resulting from the acquisition; the inability to correctly estimate the size of a target market or 
accurately assess market dynamics; expenses associated with the integration efforts; and our assumption of unexpected risks, liabilities 
and obligations of the acquired business, including issues not discovered in the due diligence process. 
An acquisition related to an institution or other educational business often requires various regulatory approvals and in the case
of a Title IV eligible institution, like USAHS, has recently required growth restrictions, reporting obligations and temporary
conditions on operations that limit changes to the institution after acquisition. If we are unable to obtain such approvals, or we obtain
them on unfavorable terms, our ability to consummate a future transaction may be impaired or we may be unable to operate the 
acquired entity in a manner that is favorable to us. If we fail to properly evaluate an acquisition, we may be required to incur costs in 
excess of what we anticipated, and we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of such acquisition, including the acquisition of 
USAHS.
Natural disasters or other extraordinary events may cause us to close some of our schools or suffer casualty losses.
We may experience business interruptions or casualty losses resulting from natural disasters, inclement weather, transit 
disruptions or other events in one or more of the geographic areas in which we operate, particularly in California, Colorado, Florida, 
Georgia and Texas, where our physical campuses are located. These events could impair the value of our assets and/or cause us to 
close physical campuses, temporarily or permanently, and could affect student recruiting opportunities in those locations, causing 
enrollment and revenue to decline, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of 
operations and cash flows.
Risks Related to Our Business Technology Infrastructure
If we, our third-party vendors, our regulators or any other quasi-governmental organization we are required to report information 
to are subject to cyberattacks, data breaches or other security incidents, or if there is a disruption or failure of our information 
technology systems or software, such events could expose us to liability and could adversely affect our financial condition and 
operating results.
As part of our business, we collect, process, use and store sensitive data and certain personal information from our students and 
employees. We also utilize third-party vendors and provide information about our students and employees to governmental and quasi-
governmental external agencies to satisfy different legal and regulatory requirements and use electronic payment methods to process 
and store some of this information, including credit card information. Our business relies on information technology networks and 
systems to store this data, process financial and personal information, manage a variety of business processes, and comply with 
regulatory, legal and tax requirements. Additionally, we maintain other confidential, proprietary or otherwise sensitive information 
relating to our business and from third parties.
The information technology networks and systems owned, operated, controlled or used by us, our third-party vendors or other 
external agencies may be vulnerable to damage, disruptions or shutdowns, software or hardware vulnerabilities, data breaches, 
security incidents, failures during the process of upgrading or replacing software or databases or components thereof, power outages,
natural disasters, hardware failures, attacks by computer hackers, telecommunication failures, user errors, user malfeasance, computer 
viruses, unauthorized access, phishing or social engineering attacks, ransomware attacks, distributed denial-of-service attacks, brute 

39
force attacks, robocalls and other real or perceived cyberattacks or catastrophic events, all of which may not be prevented by our 
efforts to secure our networks and systems. Security incidents can also occur as a result of non-technical issues, including intentional 
or inadvertent actions by our employees, our third-party vendors, external agencies or their personnel, or other parties. Security
incidents are becoming increasingly prevalent and severe, as well as increasingly difficult to detect. Any of these incidents could lead 
to interruptions or shutdowns of our platforms, disruptions in our ability to process service requests and record or analyze the use of 
our services, the loss or corruption of data or unauthorized access to, or acquisition of, personal information or other sensitive 
information, such as our intellectual property. We maintain policies and practices and operational safeguards, measures and controls
aimed at reducing our cyber risk, protecting and recovering our data and ensuring business continuity, which include reasonable 
efforts that aim to ensure that our third-party vendors maintain reasonable security, including encryption and authentication 
technology, and will notify us promptly if a security incident occurs. However, none of our or our vendors’ or external agencies’
security measures can provide absolute security. Advances in computer capabilities, increasingly sophisticated tools and methods used 
by hackers and cyber terrorists, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments may result in our failure or 
inability, or the failure or inability of our vendors or external agencies, to adequately protect personal or other sensitive information,
and there can be no assurance that we, our vendors or external agencies will not suffer a cyberattack, that hackers or other 
unauthorized parties will not gain access to or exfiltrate personal information or other sensitive data or that any such data compromise
or unauthorized access will be discovered in a timely fashion.
Like many businesses, we, our third-party vendors and external agencies have in the past and will in the future continue to be 
subject to cyberattacks, cybersecurity threats and attempts to compromise and penetrate our data security and systems and disrupt our 
services. Regular patching of each of our respective computer systems and frequent updates to our virus detection and prevention 
software with the latest virus and malware signatures may not catch newly introduced malware, ransomware, viruses or “zero-day” 
viruses prior to their infecting our, our third-party vendors and/or external agencies’ computer systems or networks. Future
cyberattacks against us, our third-party vendors or external agencies could lead to operational disruptions that could have an adverse 
effect on our ability to provide services to students and on our results of operations and financial results. Any general decline in
internet use for any reason, including security or privacy concerns, cost of internet service or changes in government regulation, could 
result in less demand for online educational services and inhibit growth in our online programs.
Failure of our systems to operate effectively or a compromise in the security of our systems, or the systems of our third-party 
vendors, external agencies or other third parties, that results in unauthorized persons or entities obtaining personal information or other 
sensitive information could materially and adversely affect our reputation, operations, operating results and financial condition. Actual 
or anticipated cyberattacks may cause us to incur costs, including costs to deploy additional personnel and protection technologies, 
train employees, pay higher insurance premiums and engage third-party specialists for additional services. Breaches in our data 
security or that of our third-party vendors, external agencies or other third parties could expose us to risks of data loss, inappropriate 
disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, potential claims, investigations, regulatory proceedings, litigation penalties and 
liability, could impede our processing of transactions and our financial reporting and could result in a disruption of our operations. In 
addition, we may incur other substantial costs in connection with remediating and otherwise responding to any data security incident, 
including potential liability for stolen client, student or employee data, repairing system damage, or providing credit monitoring or 
other benefits to clients, students or employees affected by the incident. Additionally, if we, our third-party service providers or 
external agencies experience security incidents that result in a decline in performance of necessary services, availability problems or 
the loss, corruption of, unauthorized access to or disclosure of personal data or confidential information, people may become 
unwilling to provide us the information necessary to receive our services, and our reputation and market position could be harmed. 
Existing students may also decrease their use of our services or cease using our services altogether. The impact of security threats,
incidents and other disruptions are difficult to predict. Our insurance coverage for such security threats, incidents and other disruptions
may not be adequate to cover all related costs, and we may not otherwise be fully indemnified for them. This may result in an increase
in our costs for insurance or insurance not being available to us on economically feasible terms or at all. Insurers may also deny us
coverage as to any future claim. Any of these results could materially harm our growth prospects, financial condition, business and 
reputation.
The personal information that we collect may be vulnerable to breach, theft or loss, any of which could adversely affect our 
reputation, operations and ability to attract and retain students. 
In the ordinary course of our business, we maintain on our network systems and the networks of our third-party providers, and 
report to external agencies, certain information that is confidential, proprietary, personal (such as student information) or otherwise 
sensitive in nature, including financial information and confidential business information. Our computer networks, those of our 
vendors that manage confidential information for us or provide services to our students or us and those of external agencies can be 
accessed globally through the internet and are vulnerable to unauthorized access, inadvertent access or display, theft or misuse, 
hackers, installation of ransomware and malware and computer viruses, during regular use and in connection with hardware and 
software upgrades and changes. These attacks have become more prevalent and sophisticated. Unauthorized access, misuse, theft or 
hacks can evade our intrusion detection and prevention precautions, and the intrusion detection and prevention precautions of our 
third-party providers and external agencies to which we report certain information, without alerting us to the breach or loss for some 
period of time or ever. An individual or group that circumvents security measures could misappropriate confidential or proprietary 

40
information or personal information about our students or employees, cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations or commit 
fraud. We have experienced malware and virus attacks on our systems which went undetected by our virus detection and prevention 
software.
The FTC passed an amendment to the Safeguards Rule under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “GLBA”), effective on June 9, 
2023, that updated data security requirements for financial institutions, including all Title IV institutions of higher education. The 
Department has increased enforcement authority by requiring auditors to verify an institution’s compliance with components of the
Safeguards Rule. Failure to comply with the applicable GLBA requirements may result in FTC enforcement, which could include the 
imposition of conditions, penalties, monitoring and oversight.
In addition to being subject to privacy and information security laws and regulations in the U.S., because our services can be 
accessed globally via the internet, we may also be subject to privacy and information security laws in countries outside the U.S. from 
which students access our services, which laws may constrain the way we market and provide our services. Any breach of student or 
employee privacy or errors in storing, using or transmitting personal information could violate privacy laws and regulations resulting
in fines or other penalties. The adoption of new or modified state or federal data or cybersecurity legislation could increase our costs
and require changes in our operating procedures or systems. An example of this is the California Consumer Privacy Act which became
effective January 1, 2020. 
The reliability of our program infrastructure and mechanisms to protect the personal information of our students is critical to our 
operations, reputation and ability to attract and retain students. A breach, theft or loss of personal information held by us, our vendors 
or an external agency, or a violation of the laws and regulations governing privacy, could have a material adverse effect on our 
reputation and ability to attract and retain students, or result in lawsuits, additional regulation, remediation and compliance costs or 
investments in additional security systems to protect our computer networks, the costs of which may be substantial.
Our primarily remote work environment may exacerbate the risks related to our business technology infrastructure. 
A significant portion of our employees work remotely, as do a number of our third-party service vendors. This remote work 
environment may exacerbate certain risks to our business, including increasing the stress on, and our vulnerability to disruptions of,
our technological infrastructure and systems and the risks of phishing and other cybersecurity attacks, unauthorized dissemination of 
confidential information and social engineering attempts. If a natural disaster, power outage, connectivity issue or other event occurs 
that impacts the ability of employees to work remotely, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible for us to continue our 
business for a period of time, which could materially harm our growth prospects, financial condition, business and reputation. 
Risk Related to Our Common Stock 
The trading price of our common stock may continue to fluctuate substantially in the future, and as a result returns on an 
investment in our common stock may be volatile.
The trading price of our common stock has previously and may continue to fluctuate significantly as a result of a number of 
factors, some of which are not in our control. These factors may include:
•
the actual, anticipated or perceived impact of changes in the political environment or government policies;
•
the outcomes and impacts on our business of the Department’s rulemakings, and other changes in the legal or regulatory 
environment in which we operate;
•
negative media coverage of the for-profit education industry;
•
general economic conditions or conditions in the postsecondary education field, including declining enrollments;
•
the initiation, pendency or outcome of litigation, accreditation reviews, regulatory reviews, inquiries and investigations 
and any related adverse publicity;
•
the failure of certain of our institutions or programs to maintain compliance under the 90-10 Rule or other regulatory
standards;
•
our ability to meet or exceed, or changes in, expectations of analysts or investors, or the extent of analyst coverage of our 
company;
•
any reduction or elimination of our payment of dividends on our common stock;
•
decisions by any significant investors to reduce their investment in us;
•
quarterly variations in our operating results, which sometimes occur due to the academic calendar and significant expense 
items that do not regularly occur;
•
loss of key personnel; and
•
price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, which may cause the market price for our common stock to 
fluctuate significantly more than the market as a whole.

41
Changes in the trading price of our common stock may occur without regard to our operating performance, and the price of our 
common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with our company. Further, the trading volume of 
our common stock has historically been, and may continue to be, relatively low, which may cause our stock price to react more to the 
above and other factors. The fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock may impact an investor’s ability to sell their shares
at a desired time or at a price considered satisfactory, including at or above the price at which the investor acquired them.
Shareholders may not receive the level of dividends previously provided under the dividend policy our Board of Directors has 
adopted, or any dividends at all.
We declared our first quarterly cash dividend in the third quarter of 2023 and have paid a quarterly dividend since then.
However, we are not obligated to pay dividends on our common stock. Despite our history of paying dividends, the declaration and 
payment of all future dividends to holders of our common stock are subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors, which may 
amend, revoke or suspend our dividend policy at any time and for any reason, including earnings and cash flows, capital spending
plans, financial conditions and other factors our Board of Directors may deem relevant. The terms of our indebtedness and any 
limitations imposed by regulatory authorities, among other factors, may also restrict us from paying cash dividends on our common 
stock under certain circumstances.
Over time, our capital and other cash needs may change significantly from our current needs, which could affect whether we pay
dividends and the level of any dividends we may pay in the future. Accordingly, shareholders may not receive dividends consistent 
with the previously issued amounts, or at all. Any reduction or elimination of dividends may cause the market price of our common 
stock to decline.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY
The Company recognizes the critical importance of assessing, identifying and managing material risks associated with
cybersecurity threats, as well as developing, implementing and maintaining effective cybersecurity measures to safeguard our 
information systems and protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our data. We focus significant resources on protecting 
our technology infrastructure and the personal information therein regarding applicants, our students, their families, our alumni and 
our employees. Our principal cybersecurity risks include, among other things, operational risks; intellectual property theft; fraud; 
extortion; harm to employees or customers; violation of privacy or security laws and other litigation and legal risk; and reputational
risks.
The Board of Directors, as a whole, oversees the Company’s risk management through both the Company’s enterprise risk 
management program and the internal audit function. To identify and assess material risks from cybersecurity threats, our enterprise 
risk management program considers cybersecurity threat risks alongside other Company risks as part of our overall risk assessment 
process.
The Board has delegated oversight of the Company’s management of cybersecurity risk to the Compliance and Risk Committee
(the “Committee”). Directors with experience in cybersecurity are appointed to this Committee to assist in developing strategies and 
processes for protecting against, responding to, and remediating information security breaches. Those directors are Dennis 
Chookaszian, Patrick Gross and Leslie Thornton. The Committee reviews information security matters quarterly. In addition, the full 
Board regularly receives updates on cybersecurity matters from our Chief Information Officer, David C. Czeszewski, at each board 
meeting. The Chief Information Officer reports on, among other things, our cyber risks and threats, the status of projects to strengthen
our information security systems, an assessment of the information security program, and the emerging threat landscape. Mr. 
Czeszewski has a Bachelor of Arts degree in business and computer studies and a Master in Business Administration. He has worked 
in the technology field since 1986, joined the Company in 2001, and has been its Chief Information Officer since 2013.
The Company has a long-standing management-led Risk Committee (the “Risk Committee”) which is currently comprised of the 
President and Chief Executive Officer (who serves as the chair), Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer,
Chief Internal Auditor, Risk & Insurance Program Manager, Senior Vice President - American InterContinental University System,
Senior Vice President - Colorado Technical University, Chief Information Officer and Vice President - Human Resources. The Risk 
Committee reviews enterprise-wide, business-unit specific and other discrete topic risk surveys and assessments, including 
cybersecurity risk. The Risk Committee reports identified cybersecurity risks, risk assessment and mitigation processes, effectiveness
of risk management and related matters to the Committee.
We have a cybersecurity specific risk assessment process, which helps identify our cybersecurity threat risks by comparing our 
processes to standards set by the Center for Internet Security (“CIS”). As part of these efforts to assess and mitigate the risks posed by
S
cybersecurity incidents and cyber-attacks, we employ a range of tools and services, including regular network and endpoint 
monitoring, vulnerability assessments, penetration testing, and tabletop exercises to help inform our cybersecurity risk identification 

42
and assessment. We also maintain an information security policy, which addresses privacy of student records under the Family
Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (“FERPA”), and require annual information technology security awareness training by 
employees. We also maintain a cybersecurity risk insurance policy as an additional element of our risk mitigation strategy.
We engage third-party experts to review our cybersecurity program to help identify areas for continued focus, improvement 
and/or compliance. These third-party experts perform periodic cyber assessments, including security assessments using the CIS
Controls cybersecurity framework. Our processes address cybersecurity threat risks associated with our use of these third-party service 
providers, including those in our supply chain or who have access to our customer and employee data or our systems. Third-party risks
are included within our enterprise risk management assessment program, as well as our cybersecurity-specific risk identification
program, both of which are discussed above. In addition, cybersecurity considerations affect the selection and oversight of our third 
party service providers. We perform diligence on third parties that have access to our systems, data or facilities that house such 
systems or data, and continually monitor cybersecurity threat risks identified through such diligence. Additionally, we generally 
require those third parties that could introduce significant cybersecurity risks to us to agree by contract to manage their cybersecurity 
risks in specified ways, and to agree to be subject to cybersecurity audits, which we conduct as appropriate.
We describe whether and how risks from identified cybersecurity threats have materially affected or are reasonably likely to
materially affect us, including our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition, under the headings “If we, our third-
“
party vendors, our regulators or any other quasi-governmental organization we are required to report information to are subject to 
cyberattacks, data breaches or other security incidents, or if there is a disruption or failure of our information technology systems or 
software, such events could expose us to liability and could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results,” “The 
personal information that we collect may be vulnerable to breach, theft or loss, any of which could adversely affect our reputation, 
operations and ability to attract and retain students,” and “Our primarily remote work environment may exacerbate the risks related 
to our business technology infrastructure,” included as part of our risk factor disclosures within Item 1A of this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K. We have not encountered risks from cybersecurity threats, including as a result of any previous cybersecurity incidents in
the last three fiscal years, which have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Company, including our 
business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition, and the expense we have incurred from cybersecurity incidents were 
immaterial.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
We have ground-based campuses located in Georgia (AIUS), Texas (AIUS and USAHS), California (USAHS), Florida
(USAHS) and Colorado (CTU), which generally consist of teaching facilities, including classrooms and laboratories, and 
administrative offices. Additionally, we have administrative facilities located in the areas of Chicago, Illinois and Phoenix, Arizona, 
which are used for our universities and corporate functions.
We have transitioned our workforce to a primarily remote work environment, supported by our scalable and innovative
technology infrastructure and we continue to look for ways to optimize our lease portfolio.
All of our campus and administrative facilities are leased except one in Houston, Texas. As of December 31, 2024, we leased 
approximately 0.8 million square feet under lease agreements that have remaining terms ranging from less than one year through 
2049. The facility in Houston, Texas, is used by AIUS and is less than 0.1 million square feet of real property.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
See Note 12 “Contingencies” to our consolidated financial statements in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.

43
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Our common stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “PRDO”.
The closing price of our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq on February 11, 2025 was $28.39 per share. As of February
11, 2025, there were approximately 94 holders of record of our common stock, including The Depository Trust Company, which holds 
shares of our common stock on behalf of an indeterminate number of beneficial owners.
Our common stock transfer agent and registrar is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. They can be contacted at P.O. Box# 
43078, Providence, RI 02940-3078 or at their website www.computershare.com/investor.
In 2024, the Company's Board of Directors continued to implement its dividend policy. Under this policy, the Board plans to 
distribute dividends on a quarterly basis. The declaration and payment of dividends on our common stock are subject to the discretion 
of our Board of Directors. Any decision to pay future cash dividends will be made by the Board of Directors and depend on the 
Company’s available retained earnings, financial condition, the impact of changing laws and regulations, economic conditions,
general business conditions, capital spending plans, the anticipated effect of a dividend payment on our financial condition, and other 
factors the Board of Directors may consider relevant. In addition to quarterly dividends, the Company reinvests earnings in our 
operations to promote future growth and, from time to time, executes repurchases of shares of our common stock under the stock 
repurchase program discussed below. The repurchase of shares of our common stock reduces the amount of cash available to pay cash
dividends to our common stockholders.
On February 20, 2024, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a new stock repurchase program for up to $50.0 million
which commenced March 1, 2024 and expires September 30, 2025. The new stock repurchase program replaced the previous stock 
repurchase program. The other terms of the new stock repurchase program are consistent with the Company’s previous stock 
repurchase program.  
During 2024, we repurchased 0.4 million shares of our common stock for approximately $6.8 million at an average price of 
$17.60 per share under the Company’s current stock repurchase program. The timing of purchases and the number of shares
repurchased under the program are determined by the Company’s management and depend on a variety of factors, including stock 
price, trading volume and other general market and economic conditions, its assessment of alternative uses of capital, regulatory 
requirements and other factors. Repurchases will be made in open market transactions, including block purchases, conducted in
accordance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act as well as may be made pursuant to trading plans established under Rule 10b5-1
under the Exchange Act, which would permit shares to be repurchased when the Company might otherwise be precluded from doing 
so under insider trading laws. The stock repurchase program does not obligate the Company to purchase shares and the Company may, 
in its discretion, begin, suspend or terminate repurchases at any time, without any prior notice. As of December 31, 2024, 
approximately $47.1 million was available under the stock repurchase program.
The Board of Directors approved the aforementioned stock repurchase programs believing it advantageous to the Company and 
its stockholders to repurchase shares of the Company’s common stock from time to time at prices below what the Board of Directors 
believed to be the intrinsic value of the Company’s common stock.

44
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Period
Total Number of
Shares
Purchased (1)
Average Price
Paid per Share
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
Maximum
Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans
or Programs (2)
December 31, 2023
$
18,528,794
January 1, 2024 - January 31, 2024
-
$
-
-
18,528,794
February 1, 2024 - February 29, 2024
220,000
17.63
220,000
14,646,422
March 1, 2024 - March 31, 2024
358,669
17.64
164,571
47,106,022
April 1, 2024 - April 30, 2024
-
-
-
47,106,022
May 1, 2024 - May 31, 2024
-
-
-
47,106,022
June 1, 2024 - June 30, 2024
-
-
-
47,106,022
July 1, 2024 - July 31, 2024
-
-
-
47,106,022
August 1, 2024 - August 31, 2024
-
-
-
47,106,022
September 1, 2024 - September 30, 2024
-
-
-
47,106,022
October 1, 2024 - October 31, 2024
-
-
-
47,106,022
November 1, 2024 - November 30, 2024
-
-
-
47,106,022
December 1, 2024 - December 31, 2024
-
-
-
47,106,022
Total
578,669
384,571
(1)
Includes 194,098 shares delivered back to the Company for payment of withholding taxes from employees for vesting restricted 
stock units pursuant to the terms of the Perdoceo Education Corporation Amended and Restated 2016 Incentive Compensation
Plan.
(2)
On February 20, 2024, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a new stock repurchase program of up to $50.0 million
which commenced on March 1, 2024 and expires on September 30, 2025.
See Item 12, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters,” for 
information as of December 31, 2024, with respect to shares of our common stock that may be issued under our existing share-based 
compensation plans.
The graph below shows a comparison of cumulative total returns for Perdoceo, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index and an index of 
peer companies selected by Perdoceo. The companies in the peer index are weighted according to their market capitalization as of the 
end of each period for which a return is indicated. Included in the peer index are the following companies whose primary business is
postsecondary education: Adtalem Global Education Inc., American Public Education, Inc., Grand Canyon Education, Inc., Laureate 

45
Education, Inc., and Strategic Education, Inc. The performance graph begins with Perdoceo’s $18.39 per share closing price on
December 31, 2019.
COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE FIVE-YEAR TOTAL RETURN
(Based on $100 invested on December 31, 2019 and assumes the reinvestment of all dividends.)
The information contained in the performance graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the
Securities and Exchange Commission nor shall such information be deemed incorporated by reference into any future filing under the
Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as both are amended from time to time, except to the extent
specifically incorporated by reference into such filing.
ITEM 6. Reserved

46
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
The discussion below contains “forward-looking statements,” as defined in Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
as amended, that reflect our current expectations regarding our future growth, results of operations, cash flows, performance and 
business prospects and opportunities, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. We
have tried to identify forward-looking statements by using words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “plan,” “may,” 
“should,” ”will,” “continue to,” “focused on” and similar expressions, but these words are not the exclusive means of identifying 
forward-looking statements. These statements are based on information currently available to us and are subject to various risks, 
uncertainties, and other factors, including, but not limited to, those matters discussed in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” in Part I of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K that could cause our actual growth, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, performance,
business prospects and opportunities to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these statements. Except as expressly
required by the federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to update such factors or to publicly announce the results of any of 
the forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect future events, developments, or changed circumstances or for any other 
reason.
As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company,” “Perdoceo” and “PEC” refer to 
Perdoceo Education Corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. The terms “institution” and “university” refer to an individual,
branded, for-profit educational institution, owned by us and including its campus locations. The term “campus” refers to an 
individual main or branch campus operated by one of our institutions.
The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) should be
read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. The MD&A is intended to help investors understand the results of operations, financial condition and present 
business environment. The MD&A is organized as follows:
•
Overview
•
Consolidated Results of Operations
•
Segment Results of Operations
•
Summary of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
•
Liquidity, Financial Position and Capital Resources
OVERVIEW
Perdoceo’s accredited academic institutions offer a quality postsecondary education to a diverse student population, with fully 
online, campus-based and hybrid learning programs. The Company’s academic institutions – Colorado Technical University (“CTU”),
U
the American InterContinental University System (“AIUS
“
” or “
S
AIU System
“
”) and University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences 
("USAHS") – provide degree programs from the associate through doctoral level as well as non-degree seeking and professional
"
development programs. Our academic institutions offer students industry-relevant and career-focused academic programs that are 
designed to meet the educational needs of today’s busy adults. CTU and AIUS continue to show innovation in higher education,
advancing personalized learning technologies like their intellipath® learning platform and using data analytics and technology to serve 
and educate students while enhancing overall learning and academic experiences. USAHS is among the nation's reputable universities
offering graduate health sciences degrees, primarily in physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech language therapy and nursing, 
as well as continuing education programs. Perdoceo's academic institutions are committed to providing quality education that closes
the gap between learners who seek to advance their careers and employers needing a qualified workforce.
Our reporting segments are determined in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting 
Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280 – Segment Reporting and are based upon how the Company analyzes performance and
g
makes decisions. Each segment represents a postsecondary education provider that offers a variety of academic programs. We 
organize our business across three reporting segments: CTU, AIUS and USAHS. 
See Note 18 “Segment Reporting” for a description of each of our current reporting segments along with revenues, operating
income and total assets by reporting segment.
Regulatory Environment and Political Uncertainty
As indicated in “Scrutiny of the For-Profit Postsecondary Education Sector” section, the for-profit industry is scrutinized by 
various policymakers, agencies and interest groups. Congressional hearings and roundtable discussions were previously held regarding 
certain aspects of the education industry, including issues surrounding student debt as well as publicly reported student outcomes that 
may be used as part of an institution’s recruiting and admissions practices, and reports were issued that are highly critical of for-profit 

47
colleges and universities. Many of the most highly criticized institutions have been closed now for several years. See “Scrutiny of the
For-Profit Postsecondary Education Sector” for additional information on this matter. 
The November 2024 federal elections resulted in a new President and Congress. We cannot predict the actions that the new 
Administration or Congress may take or their effect on the higher education sector. The new Congress or Administration may delay, 
block, modify, or eliminate certain Title IV and other regulations applicable to higher education institutions. In addition, the new
Administration may interpret, apply, and enforce Title IV and other regulations in a manner different from current Department 
guidance and practice. We expect to continue to need to operate nimbly, making necessary changes to the extent possible to comply
with new rules or interpretations as well as new interpretations of existing rules.
We encourage you to review Item 1, “Business,” and Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” to learn more about our highly regulated industry 
and related risks and uncertainties.
Note Regarding Non-GAAP measures
We believe it is useful to present non-GAAP financial measures which exclude certain significant and non-cash items as a
means to understand the performance of our core business. As a general matter, we use non-GAAP financial measures in conjunction
with results presented in accordance with GAAP to help analyze the performance of our core business, assist with preparing the 
annual operating plan, and measure performance for some forms of compensation. In addition, we believe that non-GAAP financial
information is used by analysts and others in the investment community to analyze our historical results and to provide estimates of 
future performance.
We believe certain non-GAAP measures allow us to compare our current operating results with respective historical periods and 
with the operational performance of other companies in our industry because it does not give effect to potential differences caused by 
items we do not consider reflective of underlying operating performance. We believe the items we are adjusting for are operating
expenses which are not reflective of our underlying business. In evaluating the use of non-GAAP measures, investors should be aware 
that in the future we may incur expenses similar to the adjustments presented below. Our presentation of non-GAAP measures should 
not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by expenses that are unusual, non-routine or non-recurring. 
A non-GAAP measure has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for net 
income, operating income, earnings per diluted share, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with and reported 
under GAAP or as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities or as a measure of our liquidity.
Non-GAAP financial measures, when viewed in a reconciliation to respective GAAP financial measures, provide an additional 
way of viewing the Company's results of operations and the factors and trends affecting the Company's business. Non-GAAP financial 
measures should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, the respective financial results presented 
in accordance with GAAP.
2024 Review
During the year ended December 31, 2024 ("current year"), our academic institutions continued to execute on our goal of 
changing lives through education and preparing learners for job skills necessary in today’s world. The positive student enrollment 
results we experienced as of the end of the current year demonstrated the execution on our strategy of prioritizing student experiences 
and academic outcomes, that we believe, will support sustainable and responsible growth.
On December 2, 2024, the Company completed the acquisition of the University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences 
("USAHS"). USAHS is among the nation's reputable universities offering graduate health sciences degrees, primarily in physical 
therapy, occupational therapy, speech language therapy and nursing, as well as continuing education programs. Founded in 1979, 
USAHS educates students through its network of campuses in San Marcos, California; St. Augustine and Miami, Florida; and Austin 
and Dallas, Texas and through its online programs. This strategic acquisition allows us to diversify and significantly expand our 
academic offerings into the health sciences field, broadening our reach and community impact.
Total student enrollments increased 20.0% at December 31, 2024 as compared to December 31, 2023, with both CTU and AIUS 
contributing to this increase, along with the USAHS acquisition. CTU's total student enrollments increased 8.1% as compared to the 
prior year end, driven by student enrollment growth within our corporate engagement programs as well as continued improvement in
prospective student interest levels, student retention and student engagement. Total student enrollments increased 11.8% at AIUS for 
the current year end as compared to the prior year end as AIUS' total student enrollment comparability had continued to improve 
through the current year since reverting to normalized levels of operations at the end of 2023.
We remain focused on further enhancing and supporting student retention and engagement, while making selective investments 
in student technology, including exploring AI based solutions, and leveraging data analytics to identify and engage with prospective 
students who are most likely to succeed at one of our academic institutions. We also continued to experience increased efficiencies
within our student enrollment and onboarding processes that have been supported by the use of data analytics and technology and we 
have increased training and development within our admissions and enrollment teams. Lastly, we remained focused on investing in 
and improving processes that support our corporate engagement programs. 

48
We expect the high levels of student retention and student engagement we experienced in 2024, as well as the prospective
student interest experienced in the latter half of 2024, to continue into 2025. While we may see quarterly variability in revenue and 
student enrollment trends, our assumption is that the impact from the Department student loan initiatives that have ended or are 
expected to change or end in 2025 will mostly be offset with organic improvements in student retention, student engagement and 
higher levels of prospective student interest for our academic programs, including growth in corporate engagements. Full year revenue 
is expected to be higher for 2025 primarily due to the USAHS acquisition as well as growth in revenue and student enrollments within
CTU and AIUS.
Financial Highlights
Revenue for the current year decreased by 4.0% or $28.7 million as compared to the prior year, resulting from a decrease in
revenue for CTU of 2.6% or $12.0 million and a decrease for AIUS of 11.1% or $26.8 million, which more than offset the revenue of 
$10.0 million from the USAHS acquisition in December of 2024. The decrease in revenue at CTU was mainly due to simplification of 
professional development program offerings. Excluding the impact from the simplification of professional development program
offerings, 2024 revenue at CTU experienced organic growth. Strong underlying student retention and engagement and an increase in
student enrollment from corporate engagements fully offset the negative impact of fewer revenue-earning days during the full year and 
resulted in this organic revenue growth. The decrease within AIUS was driven by a lag impact on revenue through the first three 
quarters of 2024 of the operational changes undertaken during 2023, which more than offset the revenue growth in the fourth quarter 
of 2024 for AIUS.  
Operating income for the current year increased to $174.3 million as compared to operating income of $150.4 million in the
prior year. The increase in operating income for the current year was a result of decreased operating expenses, primarily in the areas of 
administrative, asset impairment, admissions and academics expenses, which more than offset the decrease in revenue during the
current year as compared to the prior year. 
The Company believes it is useful to present non-GAAP financial measures, which exclude certain significant and non-cash
items, as a means to understand the performance of its operations. Adjusted operating income was $192.2 million for the current year 
as compared to $174.9 million for the prior year. Adjusted operating income for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 is
presented below (dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted):
Adjusted Operating Income
j
p
g
2024
2023
Operating income
$
174,253
$
150,446
Depreciation and amortization
14,645
16,887
Legal fee expense related to certain matters (1)
3,309
7,579
Adjusted Operating Income
$
192,207
$
174,912
For the Year Ended December 31,
Adjusted Earnings Per Diluted Share
j
g
2024
2023
Reported Earnings Per Diluted Share
$
2.19
$
2.18
Pre-tax adjustments included in operating expenses:
Amortization for acquired intangible assets
0.09
0.11
Legal fee expense related to certain matters (1)
0.05
0.11
Gain on sale of intangible assets (2)
-
(0.32)
Total pre-tax adjustments
0.14
(0.10)
Tax effect of adjustments (3)
(0.04)
0.02
Total adjustments after tax
0.10
(0.08)
Adjusted Earnings Per Diluted Share
$
2.29
$
2.10
___________________________ 
(1)
Legal fee expense associated with (i) responses to the Department relating to borrower defense to repayment applications from
former students, and (ii) acquisition efforts.
(2)
Non-cash gain associated with the sale of the LCB tradename in exchange for outstanding shares of Perdoceo's stock.
(3)
The tax effect of adjustments was calculated by multiplying the pre-tax adjustments with a tax rate of 25%. This tax rate is 
intended to reflect federal and state taxable jurisdictions as well as the nature of the adjustments.

49
The summary of selected financial data table below should be referenced in connection with a review of the following 
discussion of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (dollars in thousands), including comparisons
of our year-over-year performance between these years. Please refer to Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operation” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 for a discussion of 
our results for the year ended December 31, 2022, as well as the year-over-year comparison of our 2023 financial performance to
2022.
For the Year Ended December 31,
2024
% of
Total
Revenue
2023
% of
Total
Revenue
2022
% of
Total
Revenue
TOTAL REVENUE
$ 681,263
$ 710,004
$ 695,208
OPERATING EXPENSES
Educational services and facilities (1)
120,860
17.7%
130,324
18.4%
116,723
16.8%
General and administrative (2):
Advertising and marketing
100,963
14.8%
102,588
14.4%
126,843
18.2%
Admissions
81,783
12.0%
91,359
12.9%
93,810
13.5%
Administrative
150,587
22.1%
170,922
24.1%
163,893
23.6%
Bad debt
33,719
4.9%
33,215
4.7%
41,574
6.0%
Total general and administrative expense
367,052
53.9%
398,084
56.1%
426,120
61.3%
Depreciation and amortization
14,645
2.1%
16,887
2.4%
19,734
2.8%
Asset impairment
4,453
0.7%
14,263
2.0%
2,994
0.4%
OPERATING INCOME
174,253
25.6%
150,446
21.2%
129,637
18.6%
PRETAX INCOME
201,440
29.6%
192,121
27.1%
134,269
19.3%
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
53,850
7.9%
44,469
6.3%
38,402
5.5%
Effective tax rate
26.7%
23.1%
28.6%
NET INCOME
$ 147,590
21.7% $ 147,652
20.8% $
95,867
13.8%
_______________ 
(1)
Educational services and facilities expense includes costs attributable to the educational activities of our campuses, including:
salaries and benefits of faculty, academic administrators and student support personnel, and costs of educational supplies and 
facilities, such as rents on leased facilities. Also included in educational services and facilities expense are rents on leased 
administrative facilities, such as our corporate headquarters, and costs of other goods and services provided by our campuses,
including costs of textbooks and laptop computers.
(2)
General and administrative expense includes operating expenses associated with, including salaries and benefits of personnel in, 
corporate and campus administration, marketing, admissions, information technology, financial aid, accounting, human 
resources, legal and compliance. Other expenses within this expense category include costs of advertising and production of 
marketing materials and bad debt expense.
Year Ended December 31, 2024 as Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2023
Revenue
Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 ("current year") decreased 4.0%, or $28.7 million, primarily due to decreases in 
revenue from both CTU and AIUS. The decline at AIUS was attributed to the delayed impact on revenue through the first three
quarters of 2024 from operational changes made in the previous year. Typically, total student enrollment balances at the end of any 
given quarter have a delayed effect on revenue in the following quarter. CTU’s decline was driven by adjustments to our professional
development program offerings. The current year's revenue benefited from the acquisition completed on December 2, 2024, which
was not included in the full comparative period of the prior year.
CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

50
Educational Services and Facilities Expense (dollars in thousands)
For the Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
2024 vs 
2023 % 
Change
2023 vs 
2022 % 
Change
Educational services and facilities:
$
112,216
$
120,023
$
99,410
-6.5%
20.7%
Occupancy
8,644
10,301
17,313
-16.1%
-40.5%
Total educational services and facilities
$
120,860
$
130,324
$
116,723
-7.3%
11.7%
Educational services and facilities expense for the current year decreased by 7.3% or $9.5 million as compared to the prior year,
supported by improvements in both academics and student related costs and occupancy expenses, compared to the prior year.
Academics and student related costs decreased by 6.5% or $7.8 million as compared to the prior year, primarily due to 
operational changes made related to simplification of professional development offerings. Occupancy expenses for the current year 
improved by 16.1% or $1.7 million as compared to the prior year, driven by ongoing optimization of leased space. 
General and Administrative Expense (dollars in thousands)
For the Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
2024 vs 
2023 %
Change
2023 vs 
2022 %
Change
General and administrative:
$
100,963
$
102,588
$
126,843
-1.6%
-19.1%
Admissions
81,783
91,359
93,810
-10.5%
-2.6%
Administrative
150,587
170,922
163,893
-11.9%
4.3%
Bad Debt
33,719
33,215
41,574
1.5%
-20.1%
Total general and administrative expense
$
367,052
$
398,084
$
426,120
-7.8%
-6.6%
The general and administrative expense for the current year decreased by 7.8% or $31.0 million, compared to the prior year. The 
decrease was primarily driven by lower administrative, admissions and advertising and marketing expenses.
Administrative expense for the current year decreased by 11.9% or $20.3 million as compared to the prior year, primarily driven 
by operational efficiencies within our academic institutions and decreased legal fees within Corporate and Other for the current year.
Admissions expense decreased by 10.5% or $9.6 million as compared to the prior year. The current year improvement was 
primarily driven by decreased expenses within both CTU and AIUS as a result of operational changes made during the prior year.
The advertising and marketing expense for the current year decreased by 1.6% or $1.6 million as compared to the prior year,
which was driven by adjustments made to our marketing processes to identify prospective student interest.
Bad debt expense incurred by each of our segments during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 was as follows
(dollars in thousands):
For the Year Ended December 31,
2024
% of 
Segment 
Revenue
2023
% of 
Segment 
Revenue
2022
% of 
Segment 
Revenue
2024 vs 2023 
% Change
2023 vs 2022 
% Change
Bad debt expense by segment:
CTU
$20,386
4.5% $20,223
4.3% $21,640
5.2%
0.8%
-6.5%
AIUS
13,133
6.1%
13,008
5.4%
19,971
7.3%
1.0%
-34.9%
USAHS (1)
201
NM
-
NA
-
NA
NM
NA
Corporate and Other
(1)
NM
(16)
NM
(37)
NM
NM
NM
Total bad debt expense
$33,719
4.9% $33,215
4.7% $41,574
6.0%
1.5%
-20.1%
_______________
(1)
USAHS includes results of operations starting from the acquisition date on December 2, 2024.

51
Bad debt expense remained relatively consistent with a slight increase of 1.5% or $0.5 million for the current year as compared 
to the prior year. We regularly evaluate our reserve rates, which includes a quarterly update of our analysis of historical student 
receivable collectability based on the most recent data available and a review of current known factors which we believe could affect 
future collectability of our student receivables, such as the number of students that do not complete the financial aid process. We
continue to expect quarterly fluctuations in bad debt expense.
Operating Income
Operating income for the current year increased by 15.8% or $23.8 million as compared to the prior year. The current year 
improvement was supported by lower operating expenses across most categories which more than offset the decrease in revenue as 
compared to the prior year. Additionally, asset impairment expense decreased by $9.8 million as compared to the prior year which
benefited the current year comparison.  
Provision for Income Taxes
For the year ended December 31, 2024, we recorded a tax provision of $53.9 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 26.7% 
as compared to a tax provision of $44.5 million, with an effective rate of 23.1% for the prior year. The prior year provision includes a
$4.5 million favorable adjustment related to the tax benefits associated with a previously disclosed prior year ordinary loss attributable
to the stock of a worthless subsidiary, which decreased the 2023 effective tax rate by 2.4%.
For the full year 2025, we expect our effective tax rate to be between 25.5% and 26.5%.
SEGMENT RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The summary of segment financial information below should be referenced in connection with a review of the following
discussion of our segment results from operations for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (dollars in thousands), including
comparisons of our year-over-year performance between these years. Please refer to Part II Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023
for a discussion of our results for the year ended December 31, 2022, as well as the year-over-year comparison of our 2023 financial
performance to 2022. 
For the Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
2024 vs 2023 
% Change
2023 vs 2022 
% Change
REVENUE:
(1)
$
456,899
$
468,926
$
419,617
-2.6%
11.8%
AIUS (2)
213,547
240,300
274,479
-11.1%
-12.5%
USAHS (3)
10,041
-
-
NM
NA
Corporate and Other
776
778
1,112
NM
NM
                        Total
$
681,263
$
710,004
$
695,208
-4.0%
2.1%
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS):
(1)
$
171,260
$
144,008
$
141,622
18.9%
1.7%
AIUS (2)
36,182
45,283
33,315
-20.1%
35.9%
USAHS (3)
(2,640)
-
-
NM
NA
Corporate and Other
(30,549)
(38,845)
(45,300)
-21.4%
-14.2%
                        Total
$
174,253
$
150,446
$
129,637
15.8%
16.1%
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS) MARGIN:
CTU (1)
37.5%
30.7%
33.8%
AIUS (2)
16.9%
18.8%
12.1%
USAHS (3)
NM
NA
NA
Corporate and Other
NM
NM
NM
                        Total
25.6%
21.2%
18.6%
______________________
(1)
CTU includes results of operations from Coding Dojo beginning on the acquisition date of December 1, 2022. 
(2)
AIUS includes results of operations from CalSouthern beginning on the acquisition date of July 1, 2022. 
(3)
USAHS includes results of operations beginning on the acquisition date of December 2, 2024.

52
As of December 31,
2024
2023
2022
2024 vs 2023 
% Change
2023 vs 2022 
% Change
TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENTS:
28,100
26,000
25,200
8.1%
3.2%
AIUS
9,500
8,500
14,000
11.8%
-39.3%
USAHS (1)
3,800
-
-
NM
NA
Total
41,400
34,500
39,200
20.0%
-12.0%
______________________
(1)
Perdoceo completed the acquisition of USAHS on December 2, 2024.   
Total student enrollments represent all students who are active as of the last day of the reporting period. Active students are 
defined as those students who are considered in attendance by participating in class related activities during the previous two weeks of 
the most recent academic term. Total student enrollments do not include learners participating in: a) non-degree seeking and 
professional development programs, and b) degree seeking, non-Title IV, self-paced programs at our universities.
Year Ended December 31, 2024 as Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2023
CTU. Revenue for the current year decreased by 2.6% or $12.0 million as compared to the prior year. This decline was mainly
due to simplification of professional development program offerings at CTU. Excluding the impact from the simplification of 
professional development program offerings, 2024 revenue at CTU experienced organic growth. Strong underlying student retention
and engagement and an increase in student enrollment from corporate engagements fully offset the negative impact of fewer revenue-
earning days during the full year and resulted in this organic revenue growth. CTU's total student enrollments increased by 8.1% as of 
December 31, 2024 as compared to December 31, 2023. This increase was driven by student enrollment growth within our corporate 
engagement programs as well as continued improvement in prospective student interest levels, student retention and student 
engagement. CTU's academic calendar may impact the comparability of revenue-earning days and enrollment results in any given 
quarter, with the impact on revenue and total student enrollments not necessarily having the same magnitude or directional impact.
Current year operating income for CTU increased by 18.9% or $27.3 million as compared to the prior year. The improvement in
operating income was driven by lower operating expenses across most categories, partially due to right-sizing of the cost structure to 
align with more simplified professional development offerings, which more than offset the declines in revenue.  
AIUS. Revenue for the current year decreased by 11.1% or $26.8 million as compared to the prior year. This decline was driven
by a lag impact through the first three quarters of 2024 from the operational changes made during the latter half of 2023. AIUS' total 
student enrollments increased by 11.8% as of  December 31, 2024 as compared to December 31, 2023. This increase was primarily 
driven by the return to normalized operating levels starting in late 2023, which contributed to increasing student enrollments 
throughout 2024. 
Current year operating income for AIUS decreased by 20.1% or $9.1 million as compared to the prior year, driven by the 
revenue decline mentioned above which was only partially offset with decreased operating expenses.   
USAHS. Revenue for the current year was approximately $10.0 million starting from the acquisition date of December 2, 2024.
USAHS reported an operating loss of approximately $2.6 million for the fourth quarter partially driven by amortization expense
associated with acquired intangible assets.    
Corporate and Other. This category includes unallocated costs that are incurred on behalf of the entire company. Total 
Corporate and Other operating loss for the current year improved by 21.4% or $8.3 million as compared to the prior year, primarily as
a result of lower legal expenses.
SUMMARY OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
We have identified the accounting policies and estimates listed below as those that we believe require management’s most 
subjective and complex judgments in estimating the effect of inherent uncertainties. This section should be read in conjunction with
Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our consolidated financial statements which includes a discussion of these
and other significant accounting policies.
Revenue Recognition
Description: Our revenue, which is derived primarily from academic programs taught to students who attend our universities, is 
generally segregated into two categories: (1) tuition and fees, and (2) other. Tuition and fees represent costs to our students for 
educational services provided by our universities and are reflected net of scholarships and tuition discounts. Our universities charge 
tuition and fees at varying amounts and bill students a single charge that covers tuition, certain fees and required program materials, 

53
such as textbooks and supplies, which we treat as a single performance obligation. Generally, we bill student tuition at the beginning
of each academic term for our degree programs and recognize the tuition as revenue on a straight-line basis over the academic term. 
As part of a student’s course of instruction, certain fees, such as technology fees and graduation fees, are billed separately to students.
These fees are generally earned over the applicable term and are not considered separate performance obligations. We generally bill 
student tuition upon enrollment for our non-degree professional development programs and recognize the tuition as revenue on a 
straight-line basis over the length of the offering.
Assumptions and judgment: Revenue recognition includes assumptions and significant judgments including determination of the
appropriate portfolios to assess for meeting the criteria to recognize revenue under ASC Topic 606 as well as the assessment of 
collectability. We analyze revenue recognition on a portfolio approach under ASC Topic 606. Significant judgment is used in 
determining the appropriate portfolios to assess for meeting the criteria to recognize revenue under ASC Topic 606. We have 
determined that all of our students can be grouped into one portfolio. Based on our past experience, students at different universities,
in different programs or with different funding all behave similarly. Enrollment agreements all contain similar terms, refund policies
are similar across all institutions and students work with the university to obtain some type of funding, for example, Title IV Program 
funds, Veterans Administration funds, military funding, employer tuition assistance or self-pay. We have significant historical data for 
our students which allows us to analyze collectability. We do not expect that revenue earned for the portfolio is significantly different 
as compared to revenue that would be earned if we were to assess each student contract separately.
Significant judgment is also required to assess collectability, particularly as it relates to students seeking funding under Title IV 
Programs. Because students are required to provide documentation, and in some cases extensive documentation, to the Department to 
be eligible and approved for funding, the timeframe for this process can sometimes span between 90 to 120 days. We monitor the 
progress of students through the eligibility and approval process and assess collectability for the portfolio each reporting period to 
monitor that the collectability threshold is met. 
These assumptions and significant judgments are based upon our interpretation of accounting guidance and historical 
experience. Although management believes these assumptions and significant judgments to be reasonable, actual amounts may differ 
if historical experience is not reflective of future results.
Impact if actual results differ from assumptions and judgment: If actual performance is not consistent with historical experience 
in regards to our assessment of collectability, our revenue recognition may be materially different than what was originally recorded.
Allowance for Credit Losses
Description: We extend unsecured credit to a portion of the students who are enrolled at our academic institutions for tuition 
and certain other educational costs. Based upon past experience and judgment, we establish an allowance for credit losses with respect 
to student receivables which we estimate will ultimately not be collectible. As such, our results from operations only reflect the 
amount of revenue that is estimated to be reasonably collectible. Our standard student receivable allowance is based on an estimate of 
lifetime expected credit losses for student receivables. Our estimation methodology considers a number of quantitative and qualitative 
factors that, based on our collection experience, we believe have an impact on our repayment risk and ability to collect student 
receivables. Changes in the trends in any of these factors may impact our estimate of the allowance for credit losses. These factors 
include, but are not limited to: internal repayment history, changes in the current economic, legislative or regulatory environments,
internal cash collection forecasts and the ability to complete the federal financial aid process with the student. These factors are
monitored and assessed on a regular basis. Overall, our allowance estimation process for student receivables is validated by trending 
analysis and comparing estimated and actual performance. 
Assumptions and judgment: Management makes a range of assumptions to determine what is believed to be the appropriate level
of allowance for credit losses. Management determines a reasonable and supportable forecast based on the expectation of future 
conditions over a supportable forecast period as described above, as well as qualitative adjustments based on current and future
conditions that may not be fully captured in the historical modeling factors described above. All of these estimates are susceptible to
significant change.
Impact if actual results differ from assumptions and judgment: We monitor our collections and write-off experience to assess 
whether or not adjustments to our allowance percentage estimates are necessary. Changes in trends in any of the factors that we 
believe impact the collection of our student receivables, as noted above, or modifications to our collection practices, and other related 
policies may impact our estimate of our allowance for credit losses and our results from operations.
A one percentage point change in our allowance for credit losses as a percentage of gross earned student receivables as of 
December 31, 2024 would have resulted in a change in pretax income of $0.7 million during the year then ended.
Because a substantial portion of our revenue is derived from Title IV Programs, any legislative or regulatory action that 
significantly reduces the funding available under Title IV Programs, or the ability of our students or institutions to participate in Title 
IV Programs, would likely have a material impact on the realizability of our receivables.

54
Goodwill Impairment
Description: Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair market value of identifiable net assets acquired through business 
purchases. Goodwill often involves estimates based on third-party valuations, or internal valuations based on discounted cash flow
analyses or other valuation techniques. Under ASC Topic 350, we review goodwill for impairment on an annual basis or when an 
event or other circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the asset below its carrying value, by 
applying a fair-value-based test. In making this assessment we assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more-likely-than-
not the fair value of the goodwill is less than its carrying amount. If we conclude based on the qualitative assessment that goodwill
may be impaired, we then perform a quantitative one-step impairment test, and an impairment loss would be recognized for the excess
of the carrying value over the fair value of the goodwill. Any subsequent increases in goodwill would not be recognized on the 
consolidated financial statements.
Assumptions and judgment: During the current year, we performed a qualitative assessment for the annual review of goodwill
balances for impairment. Management first considered events and circumstances, including business trends and current operating
performance, that may affect the fair value of the reporting unit to determine whether it was necessary to perform the quantitative 
impairment test. Management focused on the significant inputs utilized in the most recent quantitative assessment and any events or 
circumstances that could affect the significant inputs, including, but not limited to, financial performance compared with actual and 
projected results of relevant prior periods, legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, political, business or other factors, 
and industry and market considerations, such as a deteriorating operating environment or increased competition.
When performing a quantitative assessment for the annual review of goodwill balances for impairment, we estimate the fair 
value of each of our reporting units based on projected future operating results and cash flows, market assumptions and/or 
comparative market multiple methods. Determining fair value requires significant estimates and assumptions based on an evaluation 
of a number of factors, such as marketplace participants, relative market share, new student interest, student retention, future 
expansion or contraction expectations, amount and timing of future cash flows and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. 
Projected future operating results and cash flows used for valuation purposes do reflect improvements relative to recent historical 
periods with respect to, among other things, modest revenue growth and operating margins. Although we believe our projected future 
operating results and cash flows and related estimates regarding fair values are based on reasonable assumptions, historically projected 
operating results and cash flows have not always been achieved. The failure of one of our reporting units to achieve projected 
operating results and cash flows in the near term or long term may reduce the estimated fair value of the reporting unit below its 
carrying value and result in the recognition of a goodwill impairment charge. Significant management judgment is necessary to 
evaluate the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes and to estimate future cash flows. Assumptions used in our impairment 
evaluations, such as forecasted growth rates and our cost of capital, are based on the best available market information and are 
consistent with our internal forecasts and operating plans. In addition to cash flow estimates, our valuations are sensitive to the rate 
used to discount cash flows and future growth assumptions. These assumptions could be adversely impacted by certain of the risks
discussed in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Impact if actual results differ from assumptions and judgment: Changes in these qualitative and quantitative factors, as well as
downturns in economic or business conditions, could have a significant adverse impact on the fair value of our reporting units in 
relation to their respective carrying values of goodwill and could result in an impairment loss affecting our consolidated financial 
statements as a whole. Generally, an impairment loss would reduce our net income for the reporting period being presented, and 
proportionally reduce the value of the assets and equity reflected on our balance sheet.
We did not record any goodwill impairment charges during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, and have $258.0 
million and $241.2 million of goodwill as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Income Taxes
Description: We are subject to the income tax laws of the U.S. and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. These tax laws
are complex and subject to interpretation. As a result, significant judgments and interpretations are required in determining our income 
tax provisions (benefits) and evaluating our uncertain tax positions.
We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 – Income Taxes. Topic 740 requires the recognition of 
deferred income tax assets and liabilities based upon the income tax consequences of temporary differences between financial 
reporting and income tax reporting by applying enacted statutory income tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the
financial statement carrying amounts and the income tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. Topic 740 also requires that deferred 
income tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred income tax asset 
will not be realized.
Assumptions and judgment: In establishing a provision for income tax expense or a liability for an uncertain tax position, we 
must make judgments and interpretations about the application of inherently complex tax laws. We must also make estimates about 
when in the future certain items will affect taxable income in the various tax jurisdictions. Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws 

55
may be subject to review/adjudication by the court systems in the various tax jurisdictions or may be settled with the taxing authority 
upon examination or audit.
Impact if actual results differ from assumptions and judgment: Although we believe the judgments and estimates used are
reasonable, actual results could differ and we may be exposed to changes in tax liability that could be material. To the extent we
prevail in matters for which reserves have been established, or are required to pay amounts in excess of our reserves, our effective
income tax rate in a given financial statement period could be materially affected. An unfavorable tax settlement would result in an 
increase in our effective income tax rate.
Business Combinations
Description: We account for business combinations in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805 – Business Combinations.
Paragraph 805-20-30-1 states that the acquirer shall measure the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in the acquiree 
at their acquisition date fair values. 
Assumptions and judgment: Allocating the purchase price for a business combination requires the Company to identify and 
estimate the fair values of various assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Management is responsible for determining the appropriate 
valuation model and estimated fair values, and in doing so, considers a number of factors, including information provided by an 
outside valuation advisor. Management bases the fair value of assets, including identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed, on detailed valuations that use information and assumptions provided by management, which consider management’s best 
estimates of inputs and assumptions that a market participant would use. The inputs and assumptions used in the valuations are 
considered level 3 inputs.
Impact if actual results differ from assumptions and judgment: Changes in any qualitative and quantitative factors, could have a 
significant impact on the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities assumed and could result in a change to the purchase accounting 
and any future expense associated with acquired assets.
LIQUIDITY, FINANCIAL POSITION AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
As of December 31, 2024, cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and available-for-sale short-term investments (“cash 
balances”) totaled $591.5 million. Restricted cash as of December 31, 2024 was $22.6 million and primarily relates to a letter of 
credit USAHS is required to maintain with the Department of Education. Our cash flows from operating activities have historically
been adequate to fulfill our liquidity requirements. We have historically financed our operating activities, organic growth and 
acquisitions primarily through cash generated from operations and existing cash balances. We generated cash in 2024 as a result of 
improved operating performance and expect to continue to do so in 2025. We anticipate that we will be able to satisfy the cash 
requirements associated with, among other things, our working capital needs, capital expenditures, lease commitments and quarterly 
dividends payments through at least the next 12 months primarily with cash generated by operations and existing cash balances.
We maintain a balanced capital allocation strategy that focuses on maintaining a strong balance sheet and adequate liquidity,
while (i) investing in organic projects at our universities, in particular technology-related initiatives which are designed to benefit our 
students, as well as real estate updates, and (ii) evaluating diverse strategies to enhance stockholder value, including acquisitions,
quarterly dividend payments and share repurchases. Ultimately, our goal is to deploy resources in a way that drives long term 
stockholder value while supporting and enhancing the academic value of our institutions.
On February 20, 2024, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a new stock repurchase program for up to $50.0 million
which commenced March 1, 2024 and expires September 30, 2025. The new stock repurchase program replaced the previous stock 
repurchase program. The timing of purchases and the number of shares repurchased under the program will be determined by the
Company’s management and will depend on a variety of factors including stock price, trading volume and other general market and 
economic conditions, its assessment of alternative uses of capital, regulatory requirements and other factors.
The Board of Directors approved the aforementioned stock repurchase programs believing it advantageous to the Company and 
its stockholders to repurchase shares of the Company’s common stock from time to time at prices below what the Board of Directors 
believed to be the intrinsic value of the Company’s common stock.
 The discussion above reflects management’s expectations regarding liquidity; however, as a result of the significance of the 
Title IV Program funds received by our students, we are highly dependent on these funds to operate our business. Any reduction in the 
level of Title IV funds that our students are eligible to receive or any impact on timing or our ability to receive Title IV Program
funds, or any requirement to post a significant letter of credit to the Department, may have a significant impact on our operations and 
our financial condition. In addition, our financial performance is dependent on the level of student enrollments which could be 
impacted by external factors. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors.”

56
Sources and Uses of Cash
Operating Cash Flows
During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, net cash flows provided by operating activities totaled $161.6 million and 
$112.0 million, respectively. The increase in cash flow from operations as compared to the prior year is primarily driven by the increase
in operating income as compared to the prior year as well as a negative working capital timing impact on the prior year operating cash
flows.
Our primary source of cash flows from operating activities is tuition collected from our students. Our students derive the ability 
to pay tuition costs through the use of a variety of funding sources, including, among others, federal loan and grant programs, state grant 
programs, private loans and grants, institutional payment plans, private and institutional scholarships and cash payments. For the years 
ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, approximately 77% and 76% of our institutions’ aggregate cash receipts from tuition payments 
came from Title IV Program funding. This percentage differs from the Title IV Program percentage calculated under the 90-10 Rule 
due to the treatment of certain funding types and certain student level limitations on what and how much to count as prescribed under 
the rule.
For further discussion of Title IV Program funding and other funding sources for our students, see Item 1, “Business - Student 
Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation.”
Our primary uses of cash to support our operating activities include, among other things, cash paid and benefits provided to our 
employees for services, to vendors for products and services, to lessors for rents and operating costs related to leased facilities, to
suppliers for textbooks and other institution supplies, and to federal, state and local governments for income and other taxes.
Investing Cash Flows
During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, net cash flows used in investing activities totaled $107.8 million and 
$88.5 million, respectively.
Purchases and Sales of Available-for-Sale Investments. Purchases and sales of available-for-sale investments resulted in a net 
cash inflow of $34.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to a net cash outflow of $76.1 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2023.     
Business acquisition. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company completed the USAHS acquisition and made total 
initial cash payments of $137.8 million.
Capital Expenditures. Capital expenditures decreased to $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to $6.4 
million for the year ended December 31, 2023. Capital expenditures represented approximately 0.7% and 0.9% of revenue for the
years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. For the year ending December 31, 2025, we expect capital expenditures to be 
approximately 2.0% of revenue.
Financing Cash Flows
During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, net cash flows used in financing activities totaled $41.1 million and $23.4 
million, respectively.
Payments of employee tax associated with stock compensation. Payments of employee tax associated with stock compensation
were $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Repurchase of stock. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we repurchased 0.4 million shares of our common stock for 
approximately $6.8 million at an average price of $17.60 per share as compared to 0.5 million shares of common stock repurchased 
for $8.3 million at an average price of $15.38 per share for the year ended December 31, 2023. Repurchases of stock during 2024 and 
2023 were funded by cash generated from operating activities and existing cash balances. See Part II, Item 5 for more information.
Release of cash held in escrow. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, we released $0.3 million and $1.0 million 
of escrow associated with acquisitions.
Payments of cash dividends and dividend equivalents. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company made
dividend payments of $31.7 million and $14.4 million, respectively.
Principal payments for finance leases and failed sale leaseback. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company made 
payments of $0.4 million for finance leases and $0.7 million for a failed sale leaseback, both related to the acquisition of USAHS.
Contractual Obligations
As of December 31, 2024, future minimum cash payments due under contractual obligations for our non-cancelable operating
and finance lease arrangements were $74.4 million and $18.5 million, respectively. Of these amounts, approximately $11.1 million for 

57
operating leases and $6.3 million for finance leases are due within the next 12 months. Lastly, undiscounted future rental payments
associated with a build to suit arrangement that is reflected as construction financing as of December 31, 2024 amount to $158.4 
million over the 25 year lease term. Payments will begin upon lease commencement in January 2025. These future minimum cash 
payments reflect base rent and other fixed lease-related costs identified in the lease agreements but excludes variable costs such as
common area maintenance payments and taxes, as these amounts are undeterminable at this time and may vary based on future
circumstances. We lease most of our administrative and educational facilities under non-cancelable operating leases expiring at 
various dates through 2049.
As of December 31, 2024, we were not a party to any off-balance sheet financing or contingent payment arrangements, nor do
we have any unconsolidated subsidiaries.
Changes in Financial Position – December 31, 2024 Compared to December 31, 2023
Selected consolidated balance sheet account changes from December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2024 were as follows (dollars in 
thousands):
As of December 31,
2024
2023
%
Change
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term
investments
$
591,548
$
604,156
-2%
Prepaid expenses (1)
16,910
11,712
44%
NON-CURRENT ASSETS:
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation (1)
95,508
21,371
347%
Right of use assets, net - operating (1)
50,099
19,096
162%
Right of use assets, net - finance (1)
15,375
-
NA
Goodwill (1)
258,012
241,162
7%
Intangible assets, net of amortization (1)
95,006
36,219
162%
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Lease liabilities - operating (1)
7,792
5,701
37%
Lease liabilities - finance (1)
5,466
-
NA
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Lease liabilities - operating (1)
50,224
21,346
135%
Lease liabilities - finance (1)
11,555
-
NA
Construction financing (1)
56,500
-
NA
________________________________
(1)
The increases in these assets and liability categories are driven by the USAHS acquisition.
Cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments. The decrease in total cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash
and short-term investments is primarily due to payments associated with a business acquisition and dividend payments, which were
mostly offset with cash from operations. 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 4 “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of recent accounting 
pronouncements that may affect us.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to financial market risks, primarily changes in interest rates. We use various techniques to manage our interest 
rate risk. We have no derivative financial instruments or derivative commodity instruments, and believe the risk related to cash
equivalents and available for sale investments is limited due to the adherence to our investment policy, which focuses on capital 
preservation and liquidity. In addition, we use asset managers who conduct initial and ongoing credit analyses on our investment 
portfolio and monitor that investments are in compliance with our investment policy. Despite the investment risk mitigation strategies 

58
we employ, we may incur investment losses as a result of unusual and unpredictable market developments and may experience
reduced investment earnings if the yields on investments deemed to be low risk remain low or decline.
Interest Rate Exposure
Our future investment income may fall short of expectations due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal 
if we are forced to sell investments that have declined in market value due to changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2024, a 100
basis point increase or decrease in average interest rates applicable to our investments or borrowings would not have a material impact 
on our future earnings, fair values or cash flows.
Our financial instruments are recorded at their fair values as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. We believe that the 
exposure of our consolidated financial position and results of operations and cash flows to adverse changes in interest rates applicable 
to our investments or borrowings is not significant. 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The financial information required by Item 8 is contained in Part IV, Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We completed an evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Report”) under the 
supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the 
effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2024, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide
reasonable assurance that (i) the information required to be disclosed by us in this Report was recorded, processed, summarized and 
reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms provided by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”),
C
and (ii) the information required to be disclosed by us in our reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and 
communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar 
functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Scope of Management’s Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting
Management has excluded the acquisition of University of St. Augustine ("USAHS") in its evaluation of the effectiveness of the 
design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2024, pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the Exchange 
Act. USAHS was not material to consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2024 and was approximately 
1.5% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 18% of total assets as of December 31, 2024, when excluding 
acquired goodwill and intangible assets. 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 
2024, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Inherent Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls
Our management does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal controls will prevent or detect all 
errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, 
assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are 
resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in a 
cost-effective control system, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will
not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our Company have been detected.
These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur 
because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or 
more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions
about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all 

59
potential future conditions. Projections of any evaluation of controls effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks. Over time, 
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or 
procedures.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in 
Rules 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the 
preparation of the financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Based upon the evaluation under the framework contained in the 2013 Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission Report, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2024, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.
Grant Thornton LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, who audited and reported on the consolidated financial
statements for the year ended December 31, 2024 included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued a report on the 
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This attestation report is included on page 69 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
Rule 10b5-1 Plan Elections
During the quarter ended December 31, 2024, the following executive officers of the Company adopted a "Rule 10b5-1 trading 
arrangement," as defined in Item 408 of Regulation S-K.
Ashish Ghia, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, entered into a pre-arranged stock trading plan on
November 15, 2024. Mr. Ghia’s plan provides for the sale between March 18, 2025 and November 14, 2025, of up to 6,236 shares of 
the Company's common stock which Mr. Ghia has the right to acquire under outstanding vested stock options and all net vested 
restricted stock held by Mr. Ghia upon the vesting of performance shares and restricted stock units that will vest prior to November 
14, 2025.
Greg Jansen, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, entered into a pre-arranged stock trading plan on
November 15, 2024. Mr. Jansen’s plan provides for the sale between April 10, 2025 and November 14, 2025, of 60% of net vested 
restricted stock held by Mr. Jansen upon the vesting of performance shares and restricted stock units that will vest prior to November 
14, 2025.
Michele Peppers, Vice President – Accounting & Reporting and Chief Accounting Officer, entered into a pre-arranged stock 
trading plan on December 11, 2024. Ms. Peppers' plan provides for the sale between March 14, 2025 and December 10, 2025, of up to 
4,038 shares of the Company's common stock owned by Ms. Peppers, and all net vested restricted stock held by Ms. Peppers upon the 
vesting of performance shares and restricted stock units that will vest prior to December 10, 2025. 
Each of the trading plans was entered into during an open insider trading window and is intended to satisfy the affirmative 
defense of Rule 10b5-1(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the Company's policies regarding transactions 
in Company securities.
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
None.

60
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Below is a list of our Executive Officers and Board of Directors as of February 18, 2025:
Executive Officers:
Board of Directors:
Todd S. Nelson
Gregory L. Jackson - Chairman of the Board
President and Chief Executive Officer
Private Investor
Ashish R. Ghia
Dennis H. Chookaszian
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and 
Treasurer
Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of 
CNA Financial Corporation
Sunitha Araamudhu
Kenda B. Gonzales
Senior Vice President - American InterContinental 
University System
Former Chief Financial Officer of Harrison
Properties, LLC
Elise L. Baskel
Patrick W. Gross
Senior Vice President - Colorado Technical 
University
Chairman of the Lovell Group
David C. Czeszewski
William D. Hansen
Senior Vice President and Chief Information
Officer
President and Chief Executive Officer of Building 
Hope Holdings, Inc.
Greg E. Jansen
Todd S. Nelson
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and 
Corporate Secretary
President and Chief Executive Officer of Perdoceo
Education Corporation
Julia Leeman
Hanna Skandera
Senior Vice President - Campus Operations
President and Chief Executive Officer of Daniels
Fund
John R. Kline
Leslie T. Thornton
Senior Vice President - American InterContinental 
University System
Former Senior Vice President, General Counsel and 
Corporate Secretary of WGL Holdings, Inc. and 
Washington Gas
Michele A. Peppers
Alan D. Wheat
Vice President - Accounting & Reporting and 
Chief Accounting Officer
Chair of Wheat Shroyer Government Relations
The other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in 
connection with our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

61
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in
connection with our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2024 with respect to shares of our common stock that may be 
issued under our existing equity compensation plans:
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION
(a)
(b)
(c)
Plan Category
Number of shares to be 
issued upon exercise of 
outstanding options
Weighted-average exercise 
price of outstanding options
Number of shares 
remaining available for
future issuances under
equity compensation 
plans (excluding 
securities reflected in 
column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by 
stockholders
383,216 (1)$
9.90
3,971,659 (2)
Total
383,216
$
9.90
3,971,659
(1)
Includes outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock under the Company’s 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan
(the
(
“2008 Plan”) and Amended and Restated 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan (the
(
 “2016 Plan”).
(2)
Includes shares available for future issuance under the 2016 Plan in addition to the number of shares issuable upon exercise of 
outstanding options referenced in column (a). In addition to stock options, the 2016 Plan provides for the issuance of stock 
appreciation rights, restricted stock and units, deferred stock, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards, performance 
awards and units, or cash incentive awards. The amount in column (c) is net of 2.8 million shares underlying restricted stock 
units outstanding as of December 31, 2024, which will be settled in shares of our common stock if the vesting conditions are
met and thus reduce the common stock available for future share-based awards under the 2016 Plan by the amount vested. These 
shares take into account the anticipated vesting levels based on projected attainment of performance conditions for performance-
based restricted stock units and have been multiplied by the applicable factor under the 2016 Plan to determine the remaining 
shares available as of December 31, 2024. Additionally, there were less than 0.1 million shares underlying deferred stock units 
outstanding under the previous 2008 Plan which will be settled in shares of our common stock if the vesting conditions are met 
and do not affect the number of shares reflected in column (c) above.
See Note 14 “Share-Based Compensation” to our consolidated financial statements for more information regarding the 
Company’s share-based compensation.
The other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in 
connection with our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in
connection with our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in
connection with our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

62
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
1.
Financial Statements
The financial statements listed in the Index to Financial Statements on page 66 are filed as part of this Annual Report.
2.
Financial Statement Schedules
The financial statement schedule listed in the Index to Financial Statements on page 66 is filed as part of this Annual Report. All
other schedules have been omitted because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes 
thereto or because they are not applicable or not required.
3.
Exhibits
The exhibits listed in the Index to Exhibits on pages 62- 64 are filed as part of this Annual Report.
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.

63
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
Exhibit
Number
Exhibit
Incorporated by Reference to:
2.1
Asset Purchase Agreement dated March 8, 2019 among Trident 
University International, LLC, TUI Learning, LLC, Athena NewCo, 
LLC and Career Education Corporation
Exhibit 2.1 to our Form 8-K filed on March 12, 
2019
2.2
First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement effective February 4, 
2020 among Trident University International, LLC, TUI Learning,
LLC, Athena NewCo, LLC and Perdoceo Education Corporation
Exhibit 2.2 to our Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2019
2.3
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 15, 2024 by and among 
Perdoceo Education Corporation, Lighthouse Merger Sub, Inc., 
University of St. Augustine Parent Corp. and APH GP LP, solely in 
its capacity as the Seller Representative
Exhibit 2.1 to our Form 8-K filed on July 16, 2024
3.1
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Perdoceo Education 
Corporation (originally incorporated on January 5, 1994)
Exhibit 3.2 to our Form 8-K filed on December 
18, 2019
3.2
Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of 
Incorporation of Perdoceo Education Corporation dated May 25,
2023
Exhibit 3.1 to our Form 8-K filed on June 1, 2023
3.3
Seventh Amended and Restated By-laws of Perdoceo Education
Corporation effective January 1, 2020
Exhibit 3.3 to our Form 8-K filed on December 
18, 2019
4.1
Form of specimen stock certificate representing Common Stock
Exhibit 4.1 to our Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2019
4.2
Description of Common Stock
Exhibit 4.2 to our Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2019
4.3
Credit Agreement dated as of September 8, 2021 among Perdoceo 
Education Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors from time to time 
parties thereto, the lenders from time to time parties thereto, and 
Wintrust Bank, N.A, as administrative agent and letter of credit 
issuer
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on September 
13, 2021
4.4
First Amendment to Credit Agreement entered into as of April 1, 
2022, among Perdoceo Education Corporation, the guarantors and 
the lenders under the Credit Agreement and Wintrust Bank, N.A., as
administrative agent and letter of credit issuer
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q for the period 
ended March 31, 2022 
4.5
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement entered into as of January 
23, 2024, among Perdoceo Education Corporation, the guarantors 
and the lenders under the Credit Agreement and Wintrust Bank, 
N.A., as administrative agent and letter of credit issuer
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on January 23, 
2024
*10.1
Career Education Corporation 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan 
(“2008 Plan”)
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on May 16, 
2008
*10.2
First Amendment to the 2008 Plan
Exhibit 10.30 to our Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2008
*10.3
Perdoceo Education Corporation Amended and Restated 2016 
Incentive Compensation Plan ("2016 Plan")
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on June 8, 
2021

64
*10.4
2023 Annual Incentive Award Program pursuant to the 2016 Plan
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K/A filed on March 
14, 2023
*10.5
2024 Annual Incentive Plan
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on March 13, 
2024
*10.6
Form of Non-Employee Director Option Grant Agreement under the
2008 Plan
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q for the period 
ended June 30, 2011
*10.7
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2008 
Plan
Exhibit 10.3 to our Form 8-K filed on February 
27, 2009
*10.8
Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 
the 2008 Plan
Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed on March 6, 
2012
*10.9
Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 
the 2008 Plan (used for awards in 2013)
Exhibit 10.3 to our Form 8-K filed on March 8, 
2013
*10.10
Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 
the 2008 Plan (Time-Based) (used for awards commencing in 2014)
Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed on March 10, 
2014
*10.11
Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 
the 2016 Plan (Time-Based) (used for awards commencing in May 
2016)
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27, 
2016
*10.12
Form of Non-Employee Director Option Grant Agreement under the
2008 Plan (used for awards commencing May 2015)
Exhibit 10.4 to our Form 10-Q for the period 
ended June 30, 2015
*10.13
Form of Non-Employee Director Non-Qualified Stock Option
Agreement under the 2016 Plan (used for awards commencing May 
2016)
Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27, 
2016
*10.14
Form of Non-Employee Director Deferred Stock Unit Agreement 
under the 2008 Plan
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q for the period 
ended June 30, 2014
*10.15
Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 
the 2016 Plan (Time-Based) (used for awards commencing in May 
2016)
Exhibit 10.3 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27, 
2016
*10.16
Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 
the 2016 Plan (Performance-Based) (used for awards commencing in 
May 2016)
Exhibit 10.4 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27, 
2016
*10.17
Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Award 
Agreement under the 2016 Plan (used for awards commencing May 
2020)
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on June 1, 
2020
*10.18
Form of Employee Cash-Settled Restricted Stock Unit Award 
Agreement under the 2016 Plan (Time-Based) (used for awards 
commencing in May 2016)
Exhibit 10.5 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27, 
2016
*10.19
Form of Employee Cash-Settled Restricted Stock Unit Award 
Agreement under the 2016 Plan (Performance-Based) (used for 
awards commencing in May 2016)
Exhibit 10.6 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27, 
2016
*10.20
Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement under the 2016 Plan
(used for awards commencing in March 2017)
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on March 10, 
2017
*10.21
Form of Retention Bonus Award Agreement (used for awards in 
2022)
Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed on March 11, 
2022
*10.22
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2016 Plan 
(Time-Based)
Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed on March 13, 
2024

65
*10.23
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2016 Plan 
(Performance-Based)
Exhibit 10.3 to our Form 8-K filed on March 13, 
2024
*10.24
Letter Agreement between Perdoceo Education Corporation and 
Jeffrey Ayers dated February 21, 2022
 Exhibit 20.21 to our Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2021
*10.25
Second Amended and Restated Letter Agreement between the 
Company and Todd Nelson dated November 16, 2023
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on November 
17, 2023
*10.26
Separation and General Release Agreement between the Company 
and Andrew Hurst dated November 15, 2023
Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed on November 
17, 2023
*10.27
Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Executive
Officers
Exhibit 10.9 to our Form 10-Q for the period 
ended June 30, 2016
*10.28
Career Education Corporation Executive Severance Plan (Amended 
and Restated as of November 2, 2015)
Exhibit 10.9 to our Form 10-Q for the period 
ended September 30, 2015
*10.29
First Amendment and Summary of Material Modifications to the 
Career Education Corporation Executive Severance Plan & 
Summary Plan Description
Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 10-Q for the period 
ended June 30, 2020
10.30
Agreement with the Attorney General of Iowa effective January 2,
2019, including schedule of substantially identical agreements with
the attorneys general of other states
Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 10-Q for the period 
ended March 31, 2019
10.31
Stipulated Order for Permanent Injunction and Monetary Judgment 
dated October 9, 2019 agreed to by the Federal Trade Commission 
and Career Education Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q for the period 
ended September 30, 2019
+19.1
Perdoceo Education Corporation Policy on Insider Trading and Rule 
10b5-1 Arrangements
+21
Subsidiaries of the Company
+23.1
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
+31.1
Certification of CEO Pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act 
of 2002
+31.2
Certification of CFO Pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act 
of 2002
+32.1
Certification of CEO Pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act 
of 2002
+32.2
Certification of CFO Pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act 
of 2002
*97.1
Perdoceo Education Corporation Clawback Policy
Exhibit 97.1 to our Form 10-K filed on February
21, 2024
+101.INS
InLine XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not 
appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are 
embedded within the InLine XBRL document
+101.SCH
InLine XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema With Embedded 
Linkbases Document

66
    +104
The cover page from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for the year ended December 31, 2024, formatted in Inline XBRL 
(included in Exhibit 101)
___________________
  * Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an Exhibit to this Form 10-K.
  +Filed herewith.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 18th day of February, 2025.
PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION
By:
 /s/ ASHISH R. GHIA     
Ashish R. Ghia,
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial 
Officer and Treasurer

67
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
g
Title
Date
/s/ TODD S. NELSON
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
February 18, 2025
Todd S. Nelson
(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ ASHISH R. GHIA
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
February 18, 2025
Ashish R. Ghia
(Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ MICHELE A. PEPPERS
Vice President - Accounting & Reporting and Chief Accounting 
Officer
February 18, 2025
Michele A. Peppers
(Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ GREGORY L. JACKSON
Chairman of the Board
February 18, 2025
Gregory L. Jackson
/s/ DENNIS H. CHOOKASZIAN
Director
February 18, 2025
Dennis H. Chookaszian
/s/ KENDA B. GONZALES
Director
February 18, 2025
Kenda B. Gonzales
/s/ PATRICK W. GROSS
Director
February 18, 2025
Patrick W. Gross
/s/ WILLIAM D. HANSEN
Director
February 18, 2025
William D. Hansen
/s/ HANNA SKANDERA
Director
February 18, 2025
Hanna Skandera
/s/ LESLIE T. THORNTON
Director
February 18, 2025
Leslie T. Thornton
/s/ ALAN D. WHEAT
Director
February 18, 2025
Alan D. Wheat

68
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page
Financial Statements
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID Number 248)................................................................
69
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 ...................................................................................................
72
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 ......................................................
73
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 ............................
73
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 ................................
74
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022................................................
75
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.....................................................................................................................................
76
Financial Statement Schedule
Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts ...........................................................................................................................
104
All other financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the 
consolidated financial statements or related notes.

69
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Perdoceo Education Corporation
Opinion on the financial statements 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Perdoceo Education Corporation (a Delaware corporation) and 
subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive
income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes
and financial statement schedule included under Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our 
opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 
December 31, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in the
2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(“COSO”), and our report dated February 18, 2025 expressed an unqualified opinion.
Change in accounting principle
As discussed in Notes 4 and 18 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has adopted new accounting guidance in 2024
related to the disclosure of segment information in accordance with ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280). The adoption was
retrospectively applied to 2023 and 2022.
Basis for opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an 
opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the 
PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the 
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to 
error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence 
regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used 
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe 
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical audit matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was 
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material 
to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of 
critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by 
communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or 
disclosures to which it relates.
Allowance for credit losses
As described further in Notes 2 and 7 to the consolidated financial statements, student receivables represent funds owed to the 
Company in exchange for the educational services provided to the student. Student receivables are reported net of an allowance for 
credit losses as determined by management at the end of each reporting period. Generally, a student receivable balance is written off 
once a student is out of school and it reaches greater than 90 days past due.
Management’s student receivable allowance is based on an estimate of lifetime expected credit losses for student receivables. Its
estimation methodology considers a number of quantitative and qualitative factors that, based on collection experience, have an 
impact on repayment risk and ability to collect student receivables. Changes in the trends in any of these factors may impact the
estimate of the allowance for credit losses. The factors include, but are not limited to repayment history, changes in the current 
economic, legislative, or regulatory environments, cash collection forecasts and the ability to complete the federal financial aid 
process with the student. These factors are monitored and assessed on a regular basis. Overall, the allowance estimation process for 
student receivables is assessed by comparing estimated and actual performance.
Our audit procedures related to the allowance for credit losses included the following, among others:

70
•
Assessed the appropriateness of management’s methodology for calculating the allowance including the significant inputs
and assumptions utilized, including repayment history and the ability to complete the federal financial aid process with the 
student,
•
Recalculated the estimated allowance rates applied to the respective accounts receivable allowance categories determined 
according to funding sources and student status,
•
Tested the completeness and accuracy of data underlying management’s assertions and calculations for a selection of 
students, and compared our recalculations to management’s analysis to determine whether management’s conclusions
were reasonable, and
•
Tested on a sample basis the subsequent cash collections on a student account.
In addition, we tested the design and operating effectiveness of controls relating to establishing the allowance for credit losses.
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2015.
Chicago, Illinois
February 18, 2025

71
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Perdoceo Education Corporation
Opinion on internal control over financial reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Perdoceo Education Corporation (a Delaware corporation) and 
subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, the
k
Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on
criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.
k
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2024, and our report 
dated February 18, 2025 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
Basis for opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of 
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control
over Financial Reporting (“Management’s Report”). Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations
of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness
exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such 
other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our 
opinion.
Our audit of, and opinion on, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting does not include the internal control over 
financial reporting of University of St. Augustine (“USAHS”), a wholly-owned subsidiary, whose financial statements reflect total
assets and revenues constituting 18 and 1.5 percent, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for 
the year ended December 31, 2024. As indicated in Management’s Report, USAHS was acquired during 2024. Management’s
assertion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting excluded internal control over financial 
reporting of USAHS.
Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
Chicago, Illinois 
February 18, 2025

72
PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts) 
As of December 31,
2024
2023
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents, unrestricted
$
109,130
$
118,009
Restricted cash
22,623
1,012
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
131,753
119,021
Short-term investments
459,795
485,135
Total cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments
591,548
604,156
Student receivables, gross
63,925
64,011
Allowance for credit losses
(41,118 )
(34,613 )
Student receivables, net
22,807
29,398
Receivables, other
5,330
4,539
Prepaid expenses
16,910
11,712
Inventories
3,388
5,004
Other current assets
171
155
Total current assets
640,154
654,964
NON-CURRENT ASSETS:
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $67,492 and $58,785 as of December 31, 2024 
and 2023, respectively
95,508
21,371
Right of use assets, net - operating
50,099
19,096
Right of use assets, net - finance
15,375
-
Goodwill
258,012
241,162
Intangible assets, net of amortization of $27,725 and $23,612 as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, 
respectively
95,006
36,219
Student receivables, gross
8,597
7,028
Allowance for credit losses
(2,402 )
(3,169 )
Student receivables, net
6,195
3,859
Deferred income tax assets, net
68,774
23,804
Other assets
7,911
6,841
TOTAL ASSETS
$
1,237,034
$
1,007,316
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Lease liabilities - operating
$
7,792
$
5,701
Lease liabilities - finance
5,466
-
Accounts payable
12,805
10,766
Accrued expenses:
Payroll and related benefits
35,059
32,684
Advertising and marketing costs
8,135
7,196
Income taxes
4,926
3,974
Other
21,239
13,503
Deferred revenue
36,740
37,215
Total current liabilities
132,162
111,039
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Lease liabilities - operating
50,224
21,346
Lease liabilities - finance
11,555
-
Construction financing
56,500
-
Other liabilities
27,057
33,510
Total non-current liabilities
145,336
54,856
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 12)
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding
-
-
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 300,000,000 shares authorized; 91,023,660 and 90,270,306
   shares issued, 65,719,224 and 65,544,539 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and 
   2023, respectively
910
903
Additional paid-in capital
707,212
694,798
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
166
(666 )
Retained earnings
595,672
480,606
Treasury stock, at cost, 25,304,436 and 24,725,767 shares as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, 
   respectively
(344,424 )
(334,220 )
Total stockholders' equity
959,536
841,421
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
$
1,237,034
$
1,007,316
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

73
PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
For the Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
REVENUE:
Tuition and fees, net
$
676,071
$
702,920
$
687,672
Other
5,192
7,084
7,536
Total revenue
681,263
710,004
695,208
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Educational services and facilities
120,860
130,324
116,723
General and administrative
367,052
398,084
426,120
Depreciation and amortization
14,645
16,887
19,734
Asset impairment
4,453
14,263
2,994
Total operating expenses
507,010
559,558
565,571
Operating income
174,253
150,446
129,637
OTHER INCOME:
Interest income
28,993
19,980
6,866
Interest expense
(613)
(404)
(400)
Miscellaneous (expense) income
(1,193)
22,099
(1,834)
Total other income
27,187
41,675
4,632
PRETAX INCOME
201,440
192,121
134,269
Provision for income taxes
53,850
44,469
38,402
NET INCOME
$
147,590
$
147,652
$
95,867
NET INCOME PER SHARE - BASIC:
$
2.25
$
2.22
$
1.41
NET INCOME PER SHARE - DILUTED:
$
2.19
$
2.18
$
1.39
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:
Basic
65,646
66,468
67,934
Diluted
67,242
67,826
69,031
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the Year Ended December 31,
(In Thousands)
2024
2023
2022
NET INCOME
$
147,590
$
147,652
$
95,867
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments
(28)
45
(166)
Unrealized gain (loss) on investments
860
4,736
(5,185)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
832
4,781
(5,351)
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
$
148,422
$
152,433
$
90,516
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

74
PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands)
Common Stock
Treasury Stock
Accumulated Other
Issued
Shares
$0.01 Par
Value
Purchased 
Shares
Cost
Additional Paid-
in Capital
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
Retained 
Earnings
Total
BALANCE, December 31, 2021
88,724
$
887
(19,976 )
$(276,895 ) $
674,242
$
(96 )
$ 251,972
$
650,110
Net income
-
-
-
-
-
-
95,867
95,867
Foreign currency translation
-
-
-
-
-
(166 )
-
(166 )
Unrealized loss on investments
-
-
-
-
-
(5,185 )
-
(5,185 )
Total comprehensive income
90,516
Treasury stock purchased
-
-
(2,099 )
(23,117 )
-
-
-
(23,117 )
Share-based compensation expense:
Stock option plans
-
-
-
-
89
-
-
89
Restricted stock award plans
-
-
-
-
8,648
-
-
8,648
Employee stock purchase plan
-
-
-
-
14
-
-
14
Common stock issued under:
Stock option plans
144
1
-
-
929
-
-
930
Restricted stock award plans
504
6
(146 )
(1,612 )
(6 )
-
-
(1,612 )
Employee stock purchase plan
24
-
-
-
267
-
-
267
BALANCE, December 31, 2022
89,396
$
894
(22,221 )
$(301,624 ) $
684,183
$
(5,447 )
$ 347,839
$
725,845
Net income
-
-
-
-
-
-
147,652
147,652
Foreign currency translation
-
-
-
-
-
45
-
45
Unrealized gain on investments
-
-
-
-
-
4,736
-
4,736
Total comprehensive income
152,433
Dividends to shareholders, per share
$0.22
-
-
-
-
-
-
(14,885 )
(14,885 )
Treasury stock purchased
-
-
(540 )
(8,301 )
-
-
-
(8,301 )
Treasury stock acquired upon sale of 
asset
-
-
(1,800 )
(22,086 )
-
-
-
(22,086 )
Share-based compensation expense:
Restricted stock award plans
-
-
-
-
8,064
-
-
8,064
Employee stock purchase plan
-
-
-
-
14
-
-
14
Common stock issued under:
Stock option plans
310
3
-
-
2,276
-
-
2,279
Restricted stock award plans
545
6
(165 )
(2,209 )
(5 )
-
-
(2,208 )
Employee stock purchase plan
19
-
-
-
266
-
-
266
BALANCE, December 31, 2023
90,270
$
903
(24,726 )
$(334,220 ) $
694,798
$
(666 )
$ 480,606
$
841,421
Net income
-
-
-
-
-
-
147,590
147,590
Foreign currency translation
-
-
-
-
-
(28 )
-
(28 )
Unrealized gain on investments
-
-
-
-
-
860
-
860
Total comprehensive income
148,422
Dividends to shareholders, per share
$0.48
-
-
-
-
-
-
(32,524 )
(32,524 )
Treasury stock purchased
-
-
(385 )
(6,769 )
-
-
-
(6,769 )
Share-based compensation expense:
Restricted stock award plans
-
-
-
-
10,174
-
-
10,174
Employee stock purchase plan
-
-
-
-
14
-
-
14
Common stock issued under:
Stock option plans
158
2
-
-
1,971
-
-
1,973
Restricted stock award plans
582
5
(193 )
(3,435 )
(6 )
-
-
(3,436 )
Employee stock purchase plan
14
-
-
-
261
-
-
261
BALANCE, December 31, 2024
91,024
$
910
(25,304 )
$(344,424 ) $
707,212
$
166
$ 595,672
$
959,536
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

75
PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
For the Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income
$
147,590
$
147,652
$
95,867
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
  cash provided by operating activities:
Asset impairment
4,453
14,263
2,994
Gain on sale of asset
-
(22,086 )
-
Depreciation and amortization expense
14,645
16,887
19,734
Bad debt expense
33,719
33,215
41,574
Compensation expense related to share-based awards
10,188
8,078
8,751
Deferred income taxes
2,656
3,761
(720 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Student receivables, gross
(4 )
15,929
6,380
Allowance for credit losses
(27,981 )
(38,573 )
(38,992 )
Receivables, other
(8,052 )
(3,922 )
(1,670 )
Inventories, prepaid expenses, and other current assets
4,473
(2,994 )
2,640
Other non-current assets
692
478
843
Accounts payable
(727 )
(4,878 )
1,922
Accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities
(5,792 )
(19,235 )
22,332
Deferred revenue
(10,612 )
(34,375 )
(11,767 )
Right of use asset and lease liability - operating leases
(3,654 )
(2,175 )
(1,702 )
Net cash provided by operating activities
161,594
112,025
148,186
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of available-for-sale investments
(412,894 )
(314,279 )
(492,100 )
Sales of available-for-sale investments
447,502
238,184
262,277
Purchases of property and equipment
(4,625 )
(6,411 )
(12,620 )
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
(137,766 )
-
(84,308 )
Earnout payment related to business acquisition
-
(6,000 )
-
Net cash used in investing activities
(107,783 )
(88,506 )
(326,751 )
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of treasury stock
(6,769 )
(8,301 )
(23,117 )
Issuance of common stock
2,234
2,545
1,197
Payments of employee tax associated with stock compensation
(3,436 )
(2,209 )
(1,612 )
Payments of cash dividends and dividend equivalents
(31,699 )
(14,417 )
-
Release of cash held in escrow
(276 )
(1,000 )
(4,197 )
Principal payments for finance leases
(398 )
-
-
Principal payments for failed sale leaseback
(735 )
-
-
Net cash used in financing activities
(41,079 )
(23,382 )
(27,729 )
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND 
RESTRICTED CASH
12,732
137
(206,294 )
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, beginning of the 
year
119,021
118,884
325,178
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, end of the year
$
131,753
$
119,021
$
118,884
Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
Income taxes paid
$
46,843
$
41,763
$
28,940
Supplemental Non-Cash Disclosures:
Amount placed in escrow to secure indemnification obligations from business
acquisitions
$
-
$
-
$
8,500
Non-cash additions to property and equipment
$
247
$
329
$
(1,953 )
Right of use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities
$
3,310
$
-
$
-
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

76
PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
1. DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY
Perdoceo’s accredited academic institutions offer a quality postsecondary education to a diverse student population, with fully 
online, campus-based and hybrid learning programs. The Company’s academic institutions – Colorado Technical University (“CTU”),
U
the American InterContinental University System (“AIUS
“
” or “
S
AIU System
“
”) and University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences 
("USAHS") – provide degree programs from the associate through doctoral level as well as non-degree seeking and professional
"
development programs. Our academic institutions offer students industry-relevant and career-focused academic programs that are 
designed to meet the educational needs of today’s busy adults. CTU and AIUS continue to show innovation in higher education,
advancing personalized learning technologies like their intellipath® learning platform and using data analytics and technology to serve 
and educate students while enhancing overall learning and academic experiences. USAHS is among the nation's reputable universities
offering graduate health sciences degrees, primarily in physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech language therapy and nursing, 
as well as continuing education programs. Perdoceo's academic institutions are committed to providing quality education that closes
the gap between learners who seek to advance their careers and employers needing a qualified workforce.
As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company,” “Perdoceo” and “PEC” refer to 
Perdoceo Education Corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
a. Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Financial Statement Presentation
These consolidated financial statements presented herein include the accounts of Perdoceo Education Corporation and our 
wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively “Perdoceo” or “PEC”). All inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated.
On December 2, 2024, the Company acquired the University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences (the "USAHS acquisition"). 
Results of operations related to the USAHS acquisition are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of 
acquisition. See Note 3 "Business Acquisition" for further information.
Our reporting segments are determined in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”)Accounting
Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280 – Segment Reporting and are based upon how the Company analyzes performance and
g
makes decisions. Each segment represents a postsecondary education provider that offers a variety of academic programs. We 
organize our business across three reporting segments: CTU, AIUS and USAHS.
b. Management’s Use of Estimates
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles
(“GAAP”) requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the
balance sheet date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. We regularly evaluate the accounting 
policies and estimates that we use to prepare our financial statements. Significant estimates, among others, include the allowance for 
credit losses, the assumptions surrounding future projections of revenues and expenses used in determining the probable outcome of 
performance conditions related to performance-based compensation, the assumptions used in determining the discount rate to calculate 
right of use assets and lease liabilities, assumptions used in calculating income tax related matters including our deferred tax balances
and any respective valuation allowance, fair values used in establishing the opening balance sheet for business combinations and fair 
values used in asset impairment evaluations including goodwill, intangible assets and long-lived assets. Actual results could differ 
from these estimates.
c. Student Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses
Student receivables represent funds owed to us in exchange for the educational services provided to a student. Student 
receivables are reflected net of an allowance for credit losses at the end of the reporting period. Student receivables which are due to 
be paid in less than one year are recorded as current assets within our consolidated balance sheets. Student receivables which are due 
to be paid more than one year from the balance sheet date are reported as non-current assets within our consolidated balance sheets.
A substantial portion of our student receivables is repaid through the students’ participation in various federal financial aid 
programs authorized by Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (“Higher Education Act”), which we refer to as 
“Title IV Programs.” For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, approximately 77%, 76% and 79%, respectively, of our 
institutions’ cash receipts from tuition payments came from Title IV Program funding.

77
Generally, a student receivable balance is written off once a student is out of school and it reaches greater than 90 days past due. 
Although we analyze past due receivables, it is not practical to provide an aging of our non-current student receivable balances as a
result of the methodology used in determining our earned student receivable balances. Student receivables are recognized on our 
consolidated balance sheets as they are deemed earned over the course of a student’s program and/or term, and therefore cash 
collections are not applied against specifically dated transactions.
We extend unsecured credit to a portion of the students who are enrolled at our academic institutions for tuition and certain 
other educational costs. Based upon past experience and judgment, we establish an allowance for credit losses with respect to student 
receivables which we estimate will ultimately not be collectible. As such, our results from operations only reflect the amount of 
revenue that is estimated to be reasonably collectible. Our standard student receivable allowance is based on an estimate of lifetime 
expected credit losses for student receivables. Our estimation methodology considers a number of quantitative and qualitative factors 
that, based on our collection experience, we believe have an impact on our repayment risk and ability to collect student receivables.
Changes in the trends in any of these factors may impact our estimate of the allowance for credit losses. These factors include, but are 
not limited to: internal repayment history, changes in the current economic, legislative or regulatory environments, internal cash 
collection forecasts and the ability to complete the federal financial aid process with the student. These factors are monitored and 
assessed on a regular basis. Overall, our allowance estimation process for student receivables is validated by trending analysis and 
comparing estimated and actual performance. 
We monitor our collections and write-off experience to assess whether or not adjustments to our allowance percentage estimates 
are necessary. Changes in trends in any of the factors that we believe impact the collection of our student receivables, as noted above,
or modifications to our collection practices, and other related policies may impact our estimate of our allowance for credit losses and 
our results from operations.
d. Revenue Recognition
Our revenue, which is derived primarily from academic programs taught to students who attend our universities, is generally 
segregated into two categories: (1) tuition and fees, and (2) other. Tuition and fees represent costs to our students for educational
services provided by our universities and are reflected net of scholarships and tuition discounts. Our universities charge tuition and 
fees at varying amounts and bill students a single charge that covers tuition, certain fees and required program materials, such as
textbooks and supplies, which we treat as a single performance obligation. Generally, we bill student tuition at the beginning of each
academic term for our degree programs and recognize the tuition as revenue on a straight-line basis over the academic term. As part of 
a student’s course of instruction, certain fees, such as technology fees and graduation fees, are billed separately to students. These fees
are generally earned over the applicable term and are not considered separate performance obligations. We generally bill student 
tuition upon enrollment for our non-degree professional development programs and recognize the tuition as revenue on a straight-line 
basis over the length of the offering.
For each term, the portion of tuition and fee payments received from students but not yet earned is recorded as deferred revenue
and reported as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheets, as we expect to earn these revenues within the next year. A 
contract asset is recorded for each student for the current term for which they are enrolled for the amount charged for the current term 
that has not yet been received as payment and to which we do not have the unconditional right to receive payment because the student 
has not reached the point in the student’s current academic term at which the amount billed is no longer refundable to the student. On 
a student by student basis, the contract asset is offset against the deferred revenue balance for the current term and the net deferred 
revenue balance is reflected within current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. For certain of our institutions, students are 
billed as they enroll in courses, including courses related to future periods. Any billings for future periods would meet the definition of 
a contract asset as we do not have the unconditional right to receive payment as the course has not yet started. Contract assets related 
to future periods are offset against the respective deferred revenue associated with the future period.
If a student withdraws from one of our universities prior to the completion of the academic term, we refund the portion of tuition
and fees already paid that, pursuant to our refund policy and applicable federal and state law and accrediting agency standards, we are 
not entitled to retain. Pursuant to each university’s policy, once a student reaches the point in the term where no refund is given, the
student would not have a refund due if withdrawing from the university subsequent to that date. Management reassesses collectability 
when a student withdraws from the university and has unpaid tuition charges for the current term which the university is entitled to
retain per the applicable refund policy. In certain cases, such unpaid charges generally do not meet the threshold of reasonably
collectible and are recognized as revenue in accordance with ASC Topic 606 when cash is received and the contract is terminated and 
neither party has further performance obligations.
Academic terms are determined by start dates, which vary by university and program and are generally 8-16 weeks in length. 
Our non-degree professional development programs are available via subscription-based access for up to 52 weeks or online courses
which are generally 12-18 weeks in length. Our students pay for their costs through a variety of funding sources, including federal
loan and grant programs, institutional payment plans, employer tuition assistance, Veterans’ Administration and other military funding
and grants, private and institutional scholarships and cash payments, as well as private loans.

78
Other revenue, which primarily consists of contract training revenue and miscellaneous non-student related revenue, is billed 
and recognized as goods are delivered or services are performed.
e. Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash include cash and highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or 
less. The fair market value of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash approximate their carrying value. The cash in the Company’s
banks is not fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Company has not experienced any material losses in 
such accounts. The restricted cash balance as of December 31, 2024 was $22.6 million and primarily relates to a letter of credit 
USAHS is required to maintain with the Department of Education.
Students at our institutions may receive grants, loans and work-study opportunities to fund their education under Title IV 
Programs. In certain instances, students may request that we retain a portion of their Title IV funds provided to them in excess of 
tuition billings and authorize us to apply these funds to historical balances or future charges and/or distribute them directly to the 
student in certain cases. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, we held $9.4 million and $9.5 million, respectively, of these funds on
behalf of students within cash and cash equivalents on our consolidated balance sheet, with the offset recorded as prepaid revenue 
within deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheets.
f. Investments  
Our investments, which primarily consist of non-governmental debt securities and treasury and federal agencies securities are 
classified as “available-for-sale” and recorded at fair value. The Company measures the fair value of financial instruments under the
guidance of ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement. Any unrealized holding gains or temporary unrealized holding losses, net of 
income tax effects, are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within stockholders’ equity. 
Realized gains and losses are computed on the basis of specific identification and are included in other income in our consolidated 
statements of income. Additionally, the Company reflects its available for sale securities at the net amount expected to be collected in 
accordance with ASC Topic 326, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses. The allowance for credit losses for available for sale 
securities is zero as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.
g. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization are recognized using the 
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets for financial reporting purposes and an accelerated method for 
income tax reporting purposes. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the life of the lease
or the useful life. Assets under construction are recorded in construction-in-progress until they are available for use. Maintenance,
repairs, minor renewals and betterments are expensed as incurred, and major improvements, which extend the useful life of the asset,
are capitalized.
When the Company is involved in the construction of leased facilities to be used in its operations, upon construction
commencement, the Company evaluates whether it, as lessee, controls the asset being constructed, and depending on the extent of 
involvement in the project, may be the “deemed owner” of the leased asset for accounting purposes during the construction period 
under a build-to-suit ("BTS") arrangement. If the Company is the “deemed owner” for accounting purposes during the construction 
period, upon construction commencement the Company is required to capitalize (i) costs incurred by the Company and (ii) the cash
and non-cash assets contributed by the landlord for construction as property and equipment on our consolidated balance sheet as 
construction-in-progress, with an offsetting financing obligation under construction financing. Upon completion of a construction
project, where the Company is the deemed owner, the Company will perform a sale-leaseback analysis to determine if it can 
derecognize the BTS asset and corresponding financing obligation. If the asset and liability cannot be derecognized, the agreement is
treated as a debt-like financing arrangement. In connection with the USAHS acquisition, the Company has recognized all cash and 
non-cash assets contributed by the landlord for construction as part of construction in progress, along with a corresponding 
construction financing liability. Specifically, the Company has recorded $56.5 million in construction contributions from the landlord 
as a construction financing liability on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2024.
h. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair market value of identifiable net assets acquired through business purchases. In
accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350 – Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, we review goodwill for impairment on an annual basis or 
when an event or other circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the asset below its carrying
value, by applying a fair-value-based test. In evaluating the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill, we must make
assumptions regarding the fair value of our reporting units, as defined under FASB ASC Topic 350. Goodwill is evaluated by 
comparing the book value of a reporting unit, including goodwill, with its fair value, as determined by a combination of income and 
market approach valuation methodologies (“quantitative assessment”). If the book value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, 
goodwill of the reporting unit is considered to be impaired. The amount of impairment loss is equal to the excess of the book value of 

79
the goodwill over the fair value of goodwill. In certain cases, a qualitative assessment may be used to determine if it is more likely
than not that a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value and if the quantitative assessment is needed.
When performing a qualitative assessment for the annual review of goodwill balances for impairment, management must first 
consider events and circumstances that may affect the fair value of the reporting unit to determine whether it is necessary to perform 
the quantitative impairment test. Management focuses on the significant inputs and any events or circumstances that could affect the 
significant inputs, including, but not limited to, financial performance compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior 
periods, legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, political, business or other factors, and industry and market 
considerations, such as a deteriorating operating environment or increased competition. Management evaluates all events and 
circumstances, including positive or mitigating factors, that could affect the significant inputs used to determine fair value. If 
management determines that it is not more likely than not that the goodwill of the reporting unit is impaired based upon its qualitative 
assessment then it does not need to perform the quantitative assessment.
When performing a quantitative assessment for the annual review of goodwill balances for impairment, we estimate the fair 
value of each of our reporting units based on projected future operating results and cash flows, market assumptions and/or 
comparative market multiple methods. Determining fair value requires significant estimates and assumptions based on an evaluation 
of a number of factors, such as marketplace participants, relative market share, new student interest, student retention, future 
expansion or contraction expectations, amount and timing of future cash flows and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. 
Projected future operating results and cash flows used for valuation purposes do reflect improvements relative to recent historical 
periods with respect to, among other things, modest revenue growth and operating margins. Although we believe our projected future 
operating results and cash flows and related estimates regarding fair values are based on reasonable assumptions, historically projected 
operating results and cash flows have not always been achieved. The failure of one of our reporting units to achieve projected 
operating results and cash flows in the near term or long term may reduce the estimated fair value of the reporting unit below its 
carrying value and result in the recognition of a goodwill impairment charge. Significant management judgment is necessary to 
evaluate the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes and to estimate future cash flows. Assumptions used in our impairment 
evaluations, such as forecasted growth rates and our cost of capital, are based on the best available market information and are 
consistent with our internal forecasts and operating plans. In addition to cash flow estimates, our valuations are sensitive to the rate 
used to discount cash flows and future growth assumptions.
Intangible assets include indefinite-lived assets. Indefinite-lived assets include our CTU trade name and accreditation rights, and 
our USAHS trade name, which are recorded at fair market value upon acquisition and subsequently reviewed on an annual basis for 
impairment. Accreditation rights represent the ability of our institutions to participate in Title IV Programs.
Definite-lived intangible assets consist of customer relationships, course curriculum, developed technology, accreditation rights 
and trade names, primarily from recent acquisitions. Customer relationships represent the value of acquired student and third party 
contracts and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated future benefit period for those contracts. Course curriculum
represents the value of acquired curriculum, including lesson plans and syllabi, used to deliver educational services. Acquired course
curriculum balances are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, which are estimated by management based upon, 
among other things, the expected future utilization period and the nature of the related academic programs. Developed technology
represents online auditory and video course program materials related to our non-degree professional development programs and are 
amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected period of future benefit. Accreditation rights represents federal, state and 
programmatic accreditation which allows our schools to operate and meet certain regulatory requirements. Accreditation rights are 
amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful life, which are estimated based upon the average remaining term before a campus
would need to reapply for accreditation. 
See Note 10 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” for further discussion.
i. Contingencies
During the ordinary course of business, the Company may be subject to various claims and contingencies. In accordance with
FASB ASC Topic 450 – Contingencies, when we become aware of a claim or potential claim, we assess the likelihood of any related 
loss or exposure. The probability a liability has been incurred, and whether the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated, is 
analyzed, and if the loss contingency is both probable and reasonably estimable, then we accrue for costs, including direct costs
incurred, associated with the loss contingency. If no accrual is made but the loss contingency is reasonably possible, we disclose the
nature of the contingency and the related estimate of possible loss or range of loss if such an estimate can be made. For all matters that 
are currently being reviewed, we expense legal fees, including defense costs, as they are incurred. Loss contingencies include, but are 
not limited to, possible losses related to legal proceedings and regulatory compliance matters, and our assessment of exposure requires 
subjective assessment. Liabilities established to provide for contingencies are adjusted as further information develops, circumstances
change, or contingencies are resolved. See Note 12 “Contingencies” for additional information.

80
j. Income Taxes
We are subject to the income tax laws of the U.S. and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. These tax laws are complex 
and subject to interpretation. As a result, significant judgments and interpretations are required in determining our income tax
provisions (benefits) and evaluating our uncertain tax positions.
We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 – Income Taxes. Topic 740 requires the recognition of 
deferred income tax assets and liabilities based upon the income tax consequences of temporary differences between financial 
reporting and income tax reporting by applying enacted statutory income tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the
financial statement carrying amounts and the income tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. Topic 740 also requires that deferred 
income tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred income tax asset 
will not be realized.
In assessing the need for a valuation allowance and/or release of a valuation allowance, we consider both positive and negative 
evidence related to the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets. Topic 740 provides that important factors in determining
whether a deferred tax asset will be realized are whether there has been sufficient taxable income in recent years and whether 
sufficient taxable income is expected in future years in order to use the deferred tax asset. In evaluating the realizability of deferred 
income tax assets, we consider, among other things, historical levels of taxable income along with possible sources of future taxable
income, which include: the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary reporting differences, the existence of taxable 
income in prior carryback year(s), the expected impact of tax planning strategies that may be implemented to prevent the potential loss
of future income tax benefits, expected future taxable income and earnings history exclusive of the loss that created the future 
deductible amount, coupled with evidence indicating the loss is not a continuing condition. Changes in, among other things, income
tax legislation, statutory income tax rates, or future taxable income levels could materially impact our valuation of income tax assets
and liabilities and could cause our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial reporting periods. If, based on the 
weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not the deferred tax assets will not be realized, we record a valuation allowance, or 
release all or a portion of the valuation allowance if it is more likely than not the deferred tax assets are expected to be realized. The 
weight given to the positive and negative evidence is commensurate with the extent to which the evidence may be objectively verified. 
A high degree of judgment is required to determine if, and the extent to which, valuation allowances should be recorded against 
deferred tax assets.
Topic 740 further clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s financial statements and 
prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position
taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. Topic 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and 
penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.
k. Leases
FASB ASC Topic 842 – Leases states that all leases create an asset and a liability for the lessee in accordance with FASB
Concept Statements No. 6 Elements of Financial Statements, and thus requires the recognition of a lease liability and a right of use 
asset at the lease inception date. We lease most of our administrative and educational facilities under non-cancelable operating or 
finance leases. In most cases, we are required to make additional payments under facility leases for taxes, insurance and other 
operating expenses incurred during the lease period, which are typically variable in nature. We determine if a contract contains a lease
when the contract conveys the right to control the use of identified property, plant or equipment for a period of time in exchange for 
consideration. Upon such identification and commencement of a lease, we establish a right of use (“ROU”) asset and a lease liability
within our consolidated balance sheets.
A lease component is defined as an asset within the lease contract that a lessee can benefit from the use of and is not highly
dependent or interrelated with other assets in the arrangement. A lease contract may contain multiple lease components. A non-lease
component is defined as a component of the lease that transfers a good or service for the underlying asset, such as maintenance 
services. We have determined that all of our leases contain one lease component related to the building and land. We have determined 
that treating the land together with the building as one lease component would not result in a significant difference from accounting 
for them as separate lease components. We elected the practical expedient to include both the lease component and the non-lease
component as a single component when accounting for each lease and calculating the resulting lease liability and ROU asset. Any 
remaining contract consideration, such as property taxes and insurance, that does not meet the definition of a lease component or non-
lease component would be allocated to the single lease component based on our election.
The lease liability represents future lease payments for lease and non-lease components discounted for present value. Lease 
payments that may be included in the lease liability include fixed payments, variable lease payments that are based on an index or rate 
and payments for penalties for terminating the lease if the lessee is reasonably certain to use a termination option, among others.
Certain of our leases contain rent escalation clauses that are specifically stated in the lease and these are included in the calculation of 
the lease liability. Variable lease payments for lease and non-lease components which are not based on an index or rate are excluded 
from the calculation of the lease liability and are recognized in the statement of income during the period incurred.

81
The ROU asset consists of the amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability and adjusted for any lease incentives,
including rent abatements and tenant improvement allowances, and any initial direct costs incurred by the lessee. The ROU asset is
amortized over the remaining lease term on a straight-line basis and recorded within educational services and facilities expense on our 
consolidated statements of income.
The lease term is determined by taking into account the initial period as stated in the lease contract and adjusted for any renewal 
options that the company is reasonably certain to exercise as well as any period of time that the lessee has control of the space before 
the stated initial term of the lease. If we determine that we are reasonably certain to exercise a termination option, the lease term is 
then adjusted to account for the expected termination date.
We use discount rates to determine the net present value of our gross lease obligations when calculating the lease liability and 
related ROU asset. In cases in which the rate implicit in the lease is readily determinable, we use that discount rate for purposes of the
net present value calculation. In most cases, our lease agreements do not have a discount rate that is readily determinable and therefore 
we use an estimate of our incremental borrowing rate. Our incremental borrowing rate is determined at lease commencement or lease
modification and represents the rate of interest we would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term an amount 
equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment.
See Note 9 “Leases
“
” for further details. 
l. Share-Based Compensation
FASB ASC Topic 718 – Compensation-Stock Compensation requires that all share-based payments to employees and non-
employee directors, including grants of stock options, shares or units of restricted stock, and the compensatory elements of employee
stock purchase plans, be recognized in the financial statements based on the estimated fair value of the equity or liability instruments
issued.
Our share-based awards are measured at fair value and recognized over the requisite service or performance period. The fair 
value of each stock option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model, based on the market 
price of the underlying common stock, expected life, expected stock price volatility and expected risk-free interest rate. Expected 
volatility is computed using a combination of historical volatility for a period equal to the expected term; the risk-free interest rates are 
based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve, with a remaining term approximately equal to the expected term used in the option pricing 
model. The fair value of each restricted stock unit award is estimated based on the market price of the underlying common stock on
the date of the grant. The fair value of each market-based performance grant is estimated using the Monte Carlo Simulation 
methodology to assess the grant date fair value. We estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise our estimate in subsequent 
periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. For our performance-based awards, the performance criteria is assessed each 
reporting period to determine the probability of attainment.
See Note 14 “Share-Based Compensation” for further discussion of our share-based compensation plans, the nature of share-
based awards issued under the plans and our accounting for share-based awards.
m. Advertising and Marketing Costs
Advertising and marketing costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising and marketing costs, which are included in general and 
administrative expense on our consolidated statements of income, were $101.0 million, $102.6 million and $126.8 million, for the 
years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
n. Inventories
Inventories all relate to finished goods consisting principally of laptops and supplies, and are stated at the lower of cost or net 
realizable value, determined on a first-in, first-out basis, or market. The cost of inventory is reflected as a component of educational
services and facilities expense as the items are used or sold.
3. BUSINESS ACQUISITION
On December 2, 2024, the Company completed the acquisition of the University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences 
("USAHS").
USAHS is among the nation’s reputable universities offering graduate health sciences degrees, primarily in physical therapy, 
occupational therapy, speech language therapy and nursing, as well as continuing education programs. Founded in 1979, USAHS 
educates students through its network of campuses in San Marcos, California; St. Augustine and Miami, Florida; and Austin and 
Dallas, Texas and through its online programs.

82
The preliminary purchase price of $136.9 million for USAHS was allocated to the preliminary fair values of acquired tangible
and identifiable intangible assets of $268.3 million and assumed liabilities of $131.4 million as of December 2, 2024. The preliminary 
purchase price consisted of an initial cash payment made in December 2024, and an estimated working capital true up of $0.9 million 
to be made within 90 days of December 2, 2024. Based on our preliminary purchase price allocation, we have recorded goodwill of 
$16.9 million. Goodwill reflects the inherent value of the acquired workforce as well as revenue growth opportunities following the 
acquisition. All of this goodwill balance will not be deductible for income tax reporting purposes. Management's purchase price 
allocation is provisional as the fair values of acquired assets and liabilities are still being finalized, primarily due to the timing of the 
acquisition which occurred in December 2024.
The following table summarizes the preliminary fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of acquisition date
(dollars in thousands):
USAHS
December 2, 2024
Assets:
Student and other receivables
$
1,771
Prepaid assets
4,727
Property, plant and equipment
78,800
ROU assets
53,271
Intangible assets
Trade name (indefinite-lived)
9,800
Customer relationships (2 year life)
14,000
Course curriculum (4 year life)
15,500
Accreditation rights (12 year life)
25,000
Deferred tax asset, net
47,626
Other assets
977
Goodwill
16,850
         Total assets acquired
$
268,322
Liabilities:
Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities
$
9,148
Deferred revenue
10,137
Lease liabilities
55,625
Construction financing
56,500
         Total liabilities assumed
$
131,410
Net assets acquired
$
136,912
Pro forma financial information (unaudited)
The following unaudited summary financial information for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 gives effect to the
USAHS acquisition as if it had been completed on January 1, 2023. The unaudited pro forma financial information is provided for 
illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent what the actual consolidated results of operations or the consolidated 
financial position of Perdoceo would have been had the USAHS acquisition been completed on the date noted above, nor are they 
necessarily indicative of future consolidated results of operations or consolidated financial position.
The below information is based on available information and certain assumptions the Company believes are reasonable,
including adjustments to depreciation, amortization, interest income and interest expense based on the fair value purchase accounting 
adjustments primarily related to leases and property, plant and equipment. Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2023, a non-
recurring adjustment was made to eliminate $241.6 million of asset impairment expense related to USAHS.
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
in thousands, except per share amounts
2024
2023
Total revenue
$
825,902
$
880,455
Operating income
175,480
174,775
Net income
147,012
161,971
Net income per share - Basic
2.24
2.44
Net income per share - Diluted
2.19
2.39

83
4. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Recent accounting guidance adopted in 2024
In November 2023, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update ("ASU") No. 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280):
U
Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. The amendments in this ASU improve reportable segment disclosure requirements, 
primarily through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses. The amendments in this update require that a public entity 
disclose on an annual and interim basis, 1) significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision
maker ("CODM") and included within each reported measure of segment profit or loss, 2) an amount for other segment items by
M
reportable segment and a description of its composition. The other segment items category is the difference between segment revenue 
less the segment expenses disclosed under the significant expense principle and each reported measure of segment profit or loss, and 
3) disclose the title and position of the CODM and an explanation of how the CODM uses the reported measure(s) of segment profit 
or loss in assessing segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources. For all public business entities, ASU 2023-07 is
effective for annual periods beginning after December 31, 2023 and interim periods with fiscal years beginning after December 15, 
2024; early adoption is permitted. We have evaluated and adopted this guidance in 2024. The adoption did not significantly impact the 
presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and disclosures.  
Recent accounting guidance not yet adopted 
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. 
The amendments in this ASU require that public business entities on an annual basis 1) disclose specific categories in the rate 
reconciliation, and 2) provide additional information for reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold. The amendments require
disclosure about income taxes paid by federal, state and foreign taxes, and by individual jurisdictions in which income taxes paid is
equal or greater than 5 percent of total income taxes paid. The amendment also requires entities to disclose income or loss from 
continuing operations before income tax expense disaggregated between domestic and foreign and income tax expense or benefit from
continuing operations disaggregated by federal, state and foreign. For all public business entities, ASU 2023-09 is effective for annual
periods beginning after December 15, 2024; early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating this guidance and believe the 
adoption will not significantly impact the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and disclosures.
In June 2022, the FASB issued ASU No. 2022-03, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Fair Value Measurement of Equity 
Securities Subject to Contractual Sale Restrictions. The amendments in this ASU clarify that a contractual restriction on the sale of an 
equity security is not considered part of the unit of account of the equity security and, therefore, is not considered in measuring fair 
value. The amendments also clarify that an entity cannot, as a separate unit of account, recognize and measure a contractual sale 
restriction. For all public business entities, ASU 2022-03 is effective for annual periods and interim periods beginning after December 
15, 2024; early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating this guidance and believe the adoption will not significantly impact 
the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and disclosures. 
5. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Investments consist of the following as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 (dollars in thousands):
December 31, 2024
Gross Unrealized
Cost
Gain
(Loss)
Fair Value
Short-term investments (available for sale):
Non-governmental debt securities
$
246,070
$
466
$
(278) $
246,258
Treasury and federal agencies
213,394
258
(115)
213,537
Total short-term investments (available for sale)
$
459,464
$
724
$
(393) $
459,795
December 31, 2023
Gross Unrealized
Cost
Gain
(Loss)
Fair Value
Short-term investments (available for sale):
Non-governmental debt securities
$
245,886
$
719
$
(892)
245,713
Treasury and federal agencies
239,859
393
(830)
239,422
Total short-term investments (available for sale)
$
485,745
$
1,112
$
(1,722) $
485,135

84
In the table above, unrealized holding gains (losses) relate to short-term investments that have been in a continuous unrealized 
gain (loss) position for less than one year, which are recorded within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on our 
consolidated balance sheets.
Our non-governmental debt securities primarily consist of corporate bonds, certificates of deposit and commercial paper. Our 
treasury and federal agencies primarily consist of U.S. Treasury bills and federal home loan debt securities.
A schedule of available-for-sale investments segregated by their original stated terms to maturity as of December 31, 2024 and 
2023 are as follows (dollars in thousands): 
Less than
one year
One to 
five years
Total
Original stated term to maturity of available-for-sale-
  investments as of December 31, 2024
$
57,206
$
402,589
$
459,795
Original stated term to maturity of available-for-sale-
  investments as of December 31, 2023
$
251,070
$
234,065
$
485,135
There were no realized gains or losses from the sale of investments for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022.
Fair Value Measurements
FASB ASC Topic 820 – Fair Value Measurement establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used
t
in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2,
defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as 
unobservable inputs for which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, we held investments that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. 
These investments (available for sale) consist of non-governmental debt securities and treasury and federal agencies securities. 
Available for sale securities included in Level 2 are estimated based on observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets 
for identical assets and liabilities, such as quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets or other inputs 
that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
All of our available for sale investments were measured under Level 2 as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. 
Additionally, money market funds of $30.2 million and $30.3 million included within cash and cash equivalents on our consolidated 
balance sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, were measured under Level 1. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, 
federal agency debt securities amounting to $13.1 million and $44.9 million, respectively, which are included in cash and cash
equivalents on our consolidated balance sheets, were valued using Level 2 inputs.
Equity Method Investment
Our investment in an equity affiliate, which was previously recorded within other noncurrent assets on our consolidated balance 
sheets, represents an international investment in a private company.
For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 we recorded a loss of approximately $1.2 million, a gain of less than 
$0.1 million and a loss of approximately $1.8 million, respectively, related to our equity affiliate, which is reported within 
miscellaneous (expense) income on our consolidated statements of income. The losses in 2024 and 2022 included impairments of $1.1 
million and $1.2 million, respectively, due to a decline in projected cash flows for our equity affiliate, with the loss recorded in 2024 
bringing our investment value down to zero as of December 31, 2024.
We make periodic operating maintenance payments to our equity affiliate. The total fees recorded for the years ended December 
31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
For the year ended December 31, 2024
$
1,727
For the year ended December 31, 2023
$
1,672
For the year ended December 31, 2022
$
1,578

85
6. REVENUE RECOGNITION
Disaggregation of Revenue
The following tables disaggregate our revenue by major source for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 (dollars
in thousands):
For the Year Ended December 31, 2024
CTU (3)
AIUS (4)
USAHS (5)
Corporate and 
Other
Total
Tuition, net (1)
$
433,051
$
202,790
$
9,578
$
-
$
645,419
Technology and other fees
20,599
9,595
458
-
30,652
      Total tuition and fees, net
453,650
212,385
10,036
-
676,071
Other revenue(2)
3,249
1,162
5
776
5,192
Total revenue
$
456,899
$
213,547
$
10,041
$
776
$
681,263
For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
CTU (3)
AIUS (4)
USAHS (5)
Corporate and 
Other
Total
Tuition, net (1)
$
443,971
$
227,099
$
-
$
-
$
671,070
Technology and other fees
20,849
11,001
-
-
31,850
      Total tuition and fees, net
464,820
238,100
-
-
702,920
Other revenue(2)
4,106
2,200
-
778
7,084
Total revenue
$
468,926
$
240,300
$
-
$
778
$
710,004
For the Year Ended December 31, 2022
CTU (3)
AIUS (4)
USAHS (5)
Corporate and 
Other
Total
Tuition, net (1)
$
396,093
$
258,667
$
-
$
-
$
654,760
Technology and other fees
20,270
12,642
-
-
32,912
      Total tuition and fees, net
416,363
271,309
-
-
687,672
Other revenue(2)
3,254
3,170
-
1,112
7,536
Total revenue
$
419,617
$
274,479
$
-
$
1,112
$
695,208
__________________
(1)
Tuition includes revenue earned for all degree-granting programs as well as revenue earned for non-degree and professional
development programs.
(2)
Other revenue primarily includes contract training revenue and miscellaneous non-student related revenue.
(3)
CTU includes revenue from Coding Dojo beginning on the acquisition date of December 1, 2022.
(4)
AIUS includes revenue from CalSouthern beginning on the acquisition date of July 1, 2022. 
(5)
USAHS includes revenue beginning on the acquisition date of December 2, 2024.
Performance Obligations
Our revenue, which is derived primarily from academic programs taught to students who attend our universities, is generally 
segregated into two categories: (1) tuition and fees, and (2) other. Tuition and fees represent costs to our students for educational
services provided by our universities and are reflected net of scholarships and tuition discounts. Our universities charge tuition and 
fees at varying amounts and bill students a single charge that covers tuition, certain fees and required program materials, such as
textbooks and supplies, which we treat as a single performance obligation. Generally, we bill student tuition at the beginning of each
academic term for our degree programs and recognize the tuition as revenue on a straight-line basis over the academic term. As part of 
a student’s course of instruction, certain fees, such as technology fees and graduation fees, are billed separately to students. These fees
are generally earned over the applicable term and are not considered separate performance obligations. We generally bill student 
tuition upon enrollment for our non-degree professional development programs and recognize the tuition as revenue on a straight-line 
basis over the length of the offering.
Other revenue, which primarily consists of contract training revenue and miscellaneous non-student related revenue, is billed 
and recognized as goods are delivered or services are performed.
Contract Assets

86
For each term, the portion of tuition and fee payments received from students but not yet earned is recorded as deferred revenue
and reported as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheets, as we expect to earn these revenues within the next year. A 
contract asset is recorded for each student for the current term for which they are enrolled for the amount charged for the current term 
that has not yet been received as payment and to which we do not have the unconditional right to receive payment because the student 
has not reached the point in the student’s current academic term at which the amount billed is no longer refundable to the student. On 
a student by student basis, the contract asset is offset against the deferred revenue balance for the current term and the net deferred 
revenue balance is reflected within current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. For certain of our institutions, students are 
billed as they enroll in courses, including courses related to future periods. Any billings for future periods would meet the definition of 
a contract asset as we do not have the unconditional right to receive payment as the course has not yet started. Contract assets related 
to future periods are offset against the respective deferred revenue associated with the future period.
Due to the short-term nature of our academic terms, the contract asset balance which exists at the beginning of each quarter will
no longer be a contract asset at the end of that quarter, with the exception of the contract assets associated with future periods. The 
decrease in contract asset balances are a result of one of the following: it becomes a student receivable balance once a student reaches 
the point in a student’s academic term where the amount billed is no longer refundable to the student; a refund is made to withdrawn 
students for the portion entitled to be refunded under each institutions’ refund policy; we receive funds to apply against the contract 
asset balance; or a student makes a change to the number of classes they are enrolled in which may cause an adjustment to their 
previously billed amount. As of the end of each quarter, a new contract asset is determined on a student by student basis based on the
most recently started term and a student’s progress within that term as compared to the date at which the student is no longer entitled 
to a refund under each institution’s refund policy. Contract assets associated with future periods remain as contract assets until the 
course begins and the student reaches the point in that course that they are no longer entitled to a refund.
The amount of deferred revenue balances which are being offset with contract assets balances as of December 31, 2024 and 
2023 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
As of December 31,
2024
2023
Gross deferred revenue
$
61,291
$
63,970
Gross contract assets
(24,551)
(26,755)
Deferred revenue, net
$
36,740
$
37,215
Deferred Revenue
Changes in our deferred revenue balances for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 were as follows (dollars in 
thousands):
For the Year Ended December 31, 2024
CTU
AIUS
USAHS (2)
Total
Gross deferred revenue, January 1, 2024
$
42,531
$
21,439
$
-
$
63,970
Business acquisition, beginning balance
-
-
10,137
10,137
Revenue earned from prior balances
(39,594)
(20,854)
(10,036)
(70,484)
Billings during period (1)
452,205
210,569
-
662,774
Revenue earned for new billings during the period
(414,056)
(191,531)
-
(605,587)
Other adjustments
(1,004)
18
1,467
481
Gross deferred revenue, December 31, 2024
$
40,082
$
19,641
$
1,568
$
61,291
For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
CTU
AIUS
USAHS (2)
Total
Gross deferred revenue, January 1, 2023
$
67,245
$
39,955
$
-
$
107,200
Revenue earned from prior balances
(60,232)
(33,294)
-
(93,526)
Billings during period (1)
443,022
218,821
-
661,843
Revenue earned for new billings during the period
(404,588)
(204,806)
-
(609,394)
Other adjustments
(2,916)
763
-
(2,153)
Gross deferred revenue, December 31, 2023
$
42,531
$
21,439
$
-
$
63,970
_______________ 
(1) Billings during period includes adjustments for prior billings.
(2) USAHS includes deferred revenue starting from the acquisition date on December 2, 2024.     

87
Cash Receipts
Our students pay for their costs through a variety of funding sources, including federal loan and grant programs, institutional 
payment plans, employer tuition assistance, Veterans’ Administration and other military funding and grants, private and institutional 
scholarships and cash payments, as well as private loans. Cash receipts from government related sources are typically received during 
the current academic term. We typically receive funds after the end of an academic term for students who receive employer tuition
assistance. Students who have not applied for any type of financial aid or students whose financial aid may not fully cover the cost of 
their tuition and fees generally set up a payment plan with the university and make payments on a monthly basis per the terms of the
payment plan.
If a student withdraws from one of our academic institutions prior to the completion of the academic term, we refund the portion
of tuition and fees already paid that, pursuant to our refund policy and applicable federal and state law and accrediting agency 
standards, we are not entitled to retain. Generally, the amount to be refunded to a student is calculated based upon the percent of the 
term attended and the amount of tuition and fees paid by the student as of their withdrawal date. In certain circumstances, we have 
recognized revenue for students who have withdrawn that we are not entitled to retain. We have estimated a reserve for these limited 
circumstances based on historical evidence in the amount of $2.1 million and $2.0 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023,
respectively. Students are typically entitled to a partial refund until approximately a little more than halfway through their term. 
Pursuant to each university’s policy, once a student reaches the point in the term where no refund is given, the student would not have 
a refund due if withdrawing from the university subsequent to that date. 
Significant Judgments
We analyze revenue recognition on a portfolio approach under ASC Topic 606. Significant judgment is used in determining the 
appropriate portfolios to assess for meeting the criteria to recognize revenue under ASC Topic 606. We have determined that all of our 
students can be grouped into one portfolio. Based on our past experience, students at different universities, in different programs or 
with different funding all behave similarly. Enrollment agreements all contain similar terms, refund policies are similar across all
institutions and students work with the university to obtain some type of funding, for example, Title IV Program funds, Veterans
Administration funds, military funding, employer tuition assistance or self-pay. We have significant historical data for our students
which allows us to analyze collectability. We do not expect that revenue earned for the portfolio is significantly different as compared 
to revenue that would be earned if we were to assess each student contract separately.
Significant judgment is also required to assess collectability, particularly as it relates to students seeking funding under Title IV 
Programs. Because students are required to provide documentation, and in some cases extensive documentation, to the Department to 
be eligible and approved for funding, the timeframe for this process can sometimes span between 90 to 120 days. We monitor the 
progress of students through the eligibility and approval process and assess collectability for the portfolio each reporting period to 
monitor that the collectability threshold is met. 
For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, we received a majority of our universities’ cash receipts for tuition 
payments from various government agencies as well as our corporate engagements. These cash receipts represent a substantial portion 
of our consolidated revenues and all have low risk of collectability.
7. STUDENT RECEIVABLES
Student receivables represent funds owed to us in exchange for the educational services provided to a student. Student 
receivables are reflected net of an allowance for credit losses at the end of the reporting period. Student receivables, net, are reflected 
on our consolidated balance sheets as components of both current and non-current assets.
Our students pay for their costs through a variety of funding sources, including federal loan and grant programs, institutional 
payment plans, employer tuition assistance, Veterans’ Administration and other military funding and grants, private and institutional 
scholarships and cash payments, as well as private loans. Cash receipts from government related sources are typically received during 
the current academic term. We typically receive funds after the end of an academic term for students who receive employer tuition
assistance. Students who have not applied for any type of financial aid or students whose financial aid may not fully cover the cost of 
their tuition and fees generally set up a payment plan with the institution and make payments on a monthly basis per the terms of the 
payment plan. For those balances that are not received during the academic term, the balance is typically due within the current 
academic year which is approximately 30 weeks in length. Generally, a student receivable balance is written off once a student has
been out of school for greater than 90 days and has not made a payment. 
Our standard student receivable allowance is based on an estimate of lifetime expected credit losses for student receivables. Our 
estimation methodology considers a number of quantitative and qualitative factors that, based on our collection experience, we believe 

88
have an impact on our repayment risk and ability to collect student receivables. Changes in the trends in any of these factors may
impact our estimate of the allowance for credit losses. These factors include, but are not limited to: internal repayment history,
changes in the current economic, legislative or regulatory environments, internal cash collection forecasts and the ability to complete
the federal financial aid process with the student. These factors are monitored and assessed on a regular basis. Overall, our allowance
estimation process for student receivables is validated by trend analysis of our collections and write-off experience as well as
monitoring any emerging factors that we believe impact the ability to collect our student receivables. 
We have an immaterial amount of student receivables that are due greater than 12 months from the date of our consolidated 
balance sheets. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the amount of non-current student receivables under payment plans that are longer 
than 12 months in duration, net of allowance for credit losses, was $6.2 million and $3.9 million, respectively.
Allowance for Credit Losses
We define student receivables as a portfolio segment under ASC Topic 326 – Financial Instruments – Credit Losses. Changes in
our current and non-current allowance for credit losses related to our student receivable portfolio in accordance with the guidance
under ASU 2016-13 for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
For the year ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
Balance, beginning of period
$
37,782
$
43,141
$
39,255
Provision for credit losses
33,719
33,215
41,574
Amounts written-off
(29,606)
(40,590)
(40,455)
Recoveries
1,625
2,016
2,767
Balance, end of period
$
43,520
$
37,782
$
43,141
Fair Value Measurements
The carrying amount reported in our consolidated balance sheets for the current portion of student receivables approximates fair 
value because of the nature of these financial instruments as they generally have short maturity periods. It is not practicable to estimate
the fair value of the non-current portion of student receivables, since observable market data is not readily available, and no reasonable
estimation methodology exists.
8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
The cost basis and estimated useful lives of property and equipment as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 are as follows (dollars in 
thousands):
December 31,
2024 (1)
2023 (1)
Life
Computer hardware and software
$
53,963 $
41,844
3 years
Leasehold improvements
37,237
16,454
Shorter of Life of Lease
 or Useful Life
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
15,886
10,865
5-10 years
Building and improvements
9,163
9,163
15-35 years
Other
22
22
5-10 years
Construction in progress (2)
46,729
1,808
163,000
80,156
Less-accumulated depreciation
(67,492)
(58,785)
Total property and equipment, net
$
95,508 $
21,371
___________________ 
(1)
Property and equipment which were fully depreciated and no longer in use by the Company were retired during the years ended 
December 31, 2024 and 2023; therefore, both the cost of the asset and the related accumulated depreciation balances were 
reduced to zero for these assets.
(2)
Construction in progress includes $45.2 million related to a BTS transaction for USAHS, with lease commencement in January 
2025. See Note 9 "Leases" for further details.
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 was $8.7 million, $9.3 million and $12.4 million, 
respectively.

89
During the year ended December 31, 2024, we recorded $0.8 million of asset impairments related to software assets that are not 
expected to be utilized. For the year ended December 31, 2023, we recognized $2.1 million in asset impairments, primarily related to 
software assets that were not expected to be utilized and leasehold improvements at leased facilities the Company chose not to
continue using. For the year ended December 31, 2022, we recognized $0.8 million in asset impairment, mainly related to leasehold 
improvements at leased facilities the Company decided not to continue using.
9. LEASES
We lease most of our administrative and educational facilities under non-cancelable operating or finance leases expiring at 
various dates through 2049. In most cases, we are required to make additional payments under facility operating leases for taxes,
insurance and other operating expenses incurred during the operating lease period, which are typically variable in nature.
We determine if a contract contains a lease when the contract conveys the right to control the use of identified property, plant or 
equipment for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Upon identification and commencement of a lease, we establish a right 
of use (“ROU”) asset and a lease liability.
Quantitative lease information
Quantitative information related to leases for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 is presented in the following 
table (dollars in thousands):
For the Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
Lease expenses (1)
Operating fixed lease expenses
$
5,213
$
6,410
$
11,033
Finance lease amortization expense
426
-
-
Finance lease interest expense
81
-
-
Variable lease expenses
986
1,401
3,726
Sublease income (2)
(32)
(500)
(1,087)
Total lease expenses
$
6,674
$
7,311
$
13,672
Other information
Gross operating cash flows for operating leases (3)
$
(8,961)
$
(9,845)
$
(16,827)
Gross operating cash flows for finance leases
(81)
-
-
Gross financing cash flows for finance leases
(398)
-
-
Operating cash flows from subleases (3)
$
32
$
488
$
1,108
As of December 31, 
2024
As of December 31, 
2023
As of December 31, 
2022
Weighted average remaining lease term (in months) – 
operating leases
92
55
63
Weighted average remaining lease term (in months) –  
finance leases
37
-
-
Weighted average discount rate – operating leases
6.1%
4.9%
4.8%
Weighted average discount rate– finance leases
5.9%
-
-
_____________
(1)
Lease expense and sublease income represent the amount recorded within our consolidated statements of income. Variable 
lease amounts represent expenses recognized as incurred which are not included in the lease liability.
(2)
For certain of our leased locations we have vacated the facility and have fully or partially subleased the space. 
(3)
Cash flows are presented on a consolidated basis and represent cash payments for fixed and variable lease costs.
Gross Lease Obligations

90
         As of December 31, 2024, future minimum lease payments under leases which are included in lease liabilities on our 
consolidated balance sheet are as follows (dollars in thousands):
Operating Leases
Total
Finance Leases
Total
Total Lease Liabilities
2025 (1)
$
11,118
$
6,280
$
17,398
2026
9,486
5,964
15,450
2027
10,365
5,325
15,690
2028
7,844
957
8,801
2029
7,113
-
7,113
2030 and thereafter
28,505
-
28,505
Total
$
74,431
$
18,526
$
92,957
Less: imputed interest
16,415
1,505
17,920
Present value of future minimum lease payments
58,016
17,021
75,037
Less: current lease liabilities
7,792
5,466
13,258
Non-current lease liabilities
$
50,224
$
11,555
$
61,779
_____________ 
(1)
 Amounts provided are for unpaid lease obligations remaining as of December 31, 2024.
Construction Financing
Upon construction commencement of its new St. Augustine campus in April 2023, the Company determined that it was the
deemed owner for accounting purposes during the construction period under a BTS arrangement due to the extent of the Company’s 
involvement in the project. Accordingly, the Company has recognized all cash and non-cash assets contributed by the landlord to the
project as of December 31, 2024 as a component of construction in progress with a corresponding construction financing liability. As
of December 31, 2024, the Company has recognized $56.5 million in construction contributions made by the landlord as construction 
financing on the consolidated balance sheet. Lease commencement will begin upon substantial completion of the BTS arrangement 
with a stated lease term of 25 years from commencement date, with an estimated total lease obligation of $158.4 million over the term 
of the lease. The lease commenced in January 2025. 
Significant Judgments and Assumptions
We use discount rates to determine the net present value of our gross lease obligations when calculating the lease liability and 
related ROU asset. In cases in which the rate implicit in the lease is readily determinable, we use that discount rate for purposes of the
net present value calculation. In most cases, our lease agreements do not have a discount rate that is readily determinable and therefore 
we use an estimate of our incremental borrowing rate. Our incremental borrowing rate is determined at lease commencement or lease
modification and represents the rate of interest we would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term an amount 
equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment. 
We have 17 leases related to our ongoing operations which consist of administrative offices and university locations, of which 
two are either month to month leases or had an initial lease term of less than one year and therefore are not included in the lease
liability and ROU asset recorded within our consolidated balance sheet, one is related to a sale-leaseback transaction which is ending
in March 2025, and one is related to a build to suit arrangement. For those leases that we are reasonably certain that we will extend or 
terminate the leases at lease conception or modification, we have taken those factors into account when determining the lease liability 
recorded within our consolidated balance sheet. 
During the year ended December 31, 2024, we recorded $1.6 million of asset impairment charges related to certain ROU assets 
within the CTU segment and $2.0 million of asset impairment charges related to certain ROU assets within the AIUS segment.
Management made the decision to no longer use the spaces associated with the ROU assets and as a result recorded an asset 
impairment charge in accordance with ASC Topic 360 for the remaining value that has been vacated, adjusted for any early lease 
termination options that the Company plans to execute.
10. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The carrying value of goodwill was $258.0 million and $241.2 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. 
A reconciliation of the changes in the carrying value of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 is as 
follows (dollars in thousands):

91
CTU
AIUS
USAHS (2)
Total
Balance as of December 31, 2022
$
133,133
$
110,407
$
-
$
243,540
Business acquisition (1)
(2,378)
-
-
(2,378)
Balance as of December 31, 2023
130,755
110,407
-
241,162
Business acquisition
-
-
16,850
16,850
Balance as of December 31, 2024
$
130,755
$
110,407
$
16,850
$
258,012
___________________
(1)     The negative adjustment for the year ended December 31, 2023 relates to purchase accounting adjustments finalized during the 
period.
(2)     See Note 3 "Business Acquisition" for further details on acquired intangible assets.  
In assessing the fair value for our reporting units, we performed a qualitative assessment as of October 1, 2024 to determine if 
we believe it is more likely than not that our reporting units’ carrying values exceed their respective fair values. When performing the 
qualitative assessment, management first considered events and circumstances that may affect the fair value of the reporting unit to 
determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. Management focused on the significant inputs, 
including its projections of revenue growth, operating expense leverage and the discount rate used in the prior year quantitative
assessment, and any events or circumstances that could affect the significant inputs. These events and circumstances included, but 
were not limited to, financial performance, future expectations of financial performance, legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, 
economic, political, business or other factors, and industry and market considerations, such as a deteriorating operating environment 
or increased competition. Management evaluated all events and circumstances, including positive or mitigating factors, that could 
affect the significant inputs used to determine fair value. Additionally, management evaluated its most recent quantitative assessment 
to determine by how much the previous fair value exceeded the carrying value for each indefinite-lived intangible asset.
The determination of estimated fair value of each reporting unit requires significant estimates and assumptions, and as such, 
these fair value measurements are categorized as Level 3 per ASC Topic 820. These estimates and assumptions primarily include, but 
are not limited to, the discount rate, terminal growth rates, operating cash flow projections and capital expenditure forecasts. Due to 
the inherent uncertainty involved in deriving those estimates, actual results could differ from those estimates. We evaluate the merits 
of each significant assumption used, both individually and in the aggregate, to assess the fair value of each reporting unit for 
reasonableness.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the net book value of intangible assets other than goodwill are as follows (dollars in 
thousands):
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
Cost
Accumulated 
Amortization
Accumulated 
Impairments
Net Book 
Value
Cost
Accumulated 
Amortization
Accumulated 
Impairments
Net Book 
Value
Amortizable intangible assets:
Course curriculum
$ 18,290 $
(2,418) $
- $15,872 $ 2,790 $
(1,817) $
- $
973
Customer relationships
52,090
(19,068)
(111)
32,911
38,090
(15,502)
(111)
22,477
Developed technology
8,820
(2,980)
(5,513)
327
8,820
(2,490)
(5,513)
817
Trade names
11,660
(3,085)
(5,205)
3,370
13,060
(3,803)
(5,205)
4,052
Accreditation rights
25,000
(174)
-
24,826
-
-
-
-
Net book value, amortizable 
intangible
  assets:
$115,860 $
(27,725) $
(10,829) $77,306 $62,760 $
(23,612) $
(10,829) $28,319
Non-amortizable intangible assets:
Accreditation rights
$ 1,000
$ 1,000
Trade names
16,700
6,900
Non-amortizable intangible assets
17,700
7,900
Intangible assets, net
$95,006
$36,219

92
Amortizable intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their remaining estimated useful lives, which range 
from less than one year to thirteen years. Amortization expense for intangible assets was $5.5 million, $7.6 million and $7.3 million
for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. 
Future amortization associated with amortizable assets as of December 31, 2024 are as follows (dollars in thousands):
For the Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2025
$
17,061
December 31, 2026
16,118
December 31, 2027
9,562
December 31, 2028
8,429
December 31, 2029
3,534
December 31, 2030 and thereafter
22,602
        Total
$
77,306
For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, we recognized asset impairment charges of $9.7 million in the CTU segment 
and $1.1 million in the AIUS segment, respectively, related to certain definite-lived intangible assets, due to a decline in cash flows
associated with those assets. The fair value of these intangible assets were determined to be zero based on the projected cash flow 
estimates for the remaining useful life of the primary asset.
On June 30, 2023, the Company entered into a non-cash asset purchase agreement with Le Cordon Bleu International B.V.
("LCBI"), a company incorporated in The Netherlands, to sell Perdoceo's outright rights to the Le Cordon Bleu ("
I
LCB") brand, trade 
names and rights for North America in exchange for 1.8 million outstanding shares of Perdoceo's stock. The fair value of the 1.8 
million shares received was $22.1 million, resulting in a non-cash gain on sale of asset of $22.1 million recorded within other 
miscellaneous income (expense) on our consolidated statements of income with the offset being recorded as an addition to treasury
stock on our consolidated balance sheet. 
As of December 31, 2024, net intangible assets include certain accreditation rights and trade names that are considered to have 
indefinite useful lives and, in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350—Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, are not subject to 
amortization but rather reviewed for impairment on at least an annual basis by applying a fair-value-based test. 
We performed our annual impairment testing of other indefinite-lived intangible asset balances as of October 1, 2024 utilizing 
the qualitative assessment approach and concluded that no indicators existed that would suggest that it is more likely than not that the
assets would be impaired. We monitor the operating results and revenue projections related to our indefinite-lived trade names and 
accreditation rights on a quarterly basis for signs of possible declines in estimated fair value. When performing the qualitative
assessment, management considered events and circumstances that may affect the fair value of the intangible assets to determine 
whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. These events and circumstances included, but were not limited to,
financial performance, future expectations of financial performance, legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, political, 
business, and industry and market considerations. Management evaluated these events and circumstances, including positive or 
mitigating factors, that could affect the significant inputs used to determine fair value.
11. CREDIT AGREEMENT
 On January 23, 2024, the Company and the subsidiary guarantors thereunder entered into a Second Amendment (the “Second 
Amendment”) to their credit agreement, dated as of September 8, 2021 and as amended on April 1, 2022 (the “Existing Credit 
Agreement”), with the lenders from time to time parties thereto and Wintrust Bank N.A. (“Wintrust”), in its capacities as the sole lead 
arranger, sole bookrunner, administrative agent and letter of credit issuer thereunder (the Existing Credit Agreement, as further 
amended by the Second Amendment, the “Credit Agreement”).
The Second Amendment, among other things: (i) extended the maturity date of the revolving credit facility to January 31, 2027; 
(ii) lowered the “Prime Rate” floor from 4% to 3%; (iii) replaced BMO Bank N.A. (formerly known as BMO Harris Bank N.A.) with 
Valley National Bancorp as one of the lenders that were party to the revolving credit facility; and (iv) modified the relative
commitments of the lenders that were parties to the revolving credit facility.
Termination of credit agreement
On July 29, 2024, the Company gave notice of the termination of its credit agreement, dated as of September 8, 2021, as amended,
by and among the Company, as borrower, certain of its subsidiary guarantors thereunder, the lenders from time-to-time parties thereto 
and Wintrust Bank N.A. (the “Termination”).

93
At the time of the Termination of the Credit Agreement, the Company was not in default under the Credit Agreement, nor did it 
have any amounts outstanding thereunder. The Credit Agreement was due to mature on January 31, 2027. The Company made the 
decision to terminate the Credit Agreement due to the Company’s strong cash position and to avoid uncertainty under the Credit 
Agreement associated with newly effective Title IV financial responsibility requirements. 
The Termination was effective on July 30, 2024. Upon effectiveness of the Termination, all security interests and pledges granted 
to the secured parties under the Credit Agreement were terminated and released. The Company did not incur any material early 
termination penalties in connection with the Termination.
Selected details of our credit agreement as of and for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 were as follows (dollars in 
thousands):
As of December 31,
2024
2023
Credit Agreement:
Credit facility remaining availability
$
-
$
124,133
Outstanding letters of credit
$
-
$
867
Availability of additional letters of credit (1)
$
-
$
124,133
Weighted average daily revolving credit borrowings 
   for the year ended
$
-
$
-
Weighted average annual interest rate
0.00%
0.00%
Commitment fee rate
0.00%
0.30%
Letter of credit fee rate (2)
0.00%
7.50%
________________  
(1)
The letters of credit availability under the credit agreement with Wintrust was up to the borrowing limit of $125.0 million.
(2)
The letter of credit fee rate is based on prime minus 1.0%, subject to a minimum rate of 3.0%. The prime rate as of December 31, 
2023 was 8.50%, which yields a 7.50% fee rate, which is reflected in the table above. 
12. CONTINGENCIES
An accrual for estimated legal fees and settlements of $1.2 million and $2.4 million at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 
2023, respectively, is presented within other current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.
We record a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a loss will be incurred and the amount of loss can be 
reasonably estimated. We evaluate, at least quarterly, developments in our legal matters that could affect the amount of liability that 
was previously accrued and make adjustments as further information develops, circumstances change or contingencies are resolved. 
Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount. We may be unable to estimate a possible loss
or range of possible loss due to various reasons, including, among others: (1) if the damages sought are indeterminate; (2) if the 
proceedings are in early stages; (3) if there is uncertainty as to the outcome of pending appeals, motions or settlements; (4) if there are
significant factual issues to be determined or resolved; and (5) if there are novel or unsettled legal theories presented. In such
instances, there is considerable uncertainty regarding the ultimate resolution of such matters, including a possible eventual loss, if any.
United States of America, ex rel. Fiorisce LLC v. Perdoceo Education Corporation, Colorado Technical University, Inc. and 
American InterContinental University, Inc. On July 19, 2023, we became aware of an amended complaint filed in the U.S. District 
Court for the District of Colorado on May 19, 2023. The original complaint was filed under seal on February 25, 2021 by a former 
employee of Colorado Technical University through a limited liability company, on behalf of herself, any other interested parties 
affiliated with the LLC and the federal government. On July 18, 2023, the district court ordered the complaint unsealed and we were
notified that the U.S. Department of Justice ("DOJ") had declined to intervene in the action on February 3, 2023. The company had
"
previously received a Civil Investigative Demand ("CID") on April 8, 2022 from the DOJ and had been cooperating with the DOJ in
"
its review. After the federal government declined to intervene in this case, the relator elected to pursue the litigation on behalf of the
federal government. If she is successful, she would receive a portion of the federal government’s recovery. The amended complaint 
alleges violations of the False Claims Act related to the company’s compliance with federal financial aid credit hour requirements in
connection with its use of its learning management system. Relator claims that defendants’ conduct caused the government to make 
payments of federal funds to defendants which the government would not have made if not for defendants’ alleged violation of the
law. Relator seeks treble damages plus civil penalties and attorneys’ fees. On January 4, 2024, the Court granted a motion to dismiss
with respect to Perdoceo Education Corporation and American InterContinental University, Inc. which removes them as defendants in 
the case. The Court’s dismissal was “without prejudice”, which allows the relator in the case the opportunity to amend and refile a
further amended complaint with respect to those two parties. The Relator has filed a motion, which is pending before the Court, that 
seeks permission to file a further amended complaint with respect to only Perdoceo Education Corporation.

94
On September 7, 2024, the Company received a new CID from the DOJ pursuant to the False Claims Act. The CID requests
information and documentation from CTU regarding its compensation practices for its admissions staff as well as information about 
how CTU has discussed its Fast Track credit program with prospective students. The information sought covers the time period from 
November 13, 2017 to the present. The Company is cooperating with the DOJ with a view towards resolving this inquiry as promptly
as possible.
Because of the many questions of fact and law that may arise, the outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain at this point.
Based on information available to us at present, we cannot reasonably estimate a range of potential loss, if any, for this action. 
Accordingly, we have not recognized any liability associated with this action.
We receive from time-to-time requests from state attorneys general, federal and state government agencies and accreditors
relating to our institutions, to specific complaints they have received from students or former students or to student loan forgiveness
claims which seek information about students, our programs, and other matters relating to our activities. These requests can be broad 
and time consuming to respond to, and there is a risk that they could expand and/or lead to a formal action or claims of non-
compliance. We are subject to a variety of other claims, lawsuits, arbitrations and investigations that arise from time to time out of the
conduct of our business, including, but not limited to, matters involving prospective students, students or former students, alleged 
violations of the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, both individually and on behalf of a putative class, and employment matters.
Periodically matters arise that we consider outside the scope of ordinary routine litigation incidental to our business. While we 
currently believe that these matters, individually or in aggregate, will not have a material adverse impact on our financial position,
cash flows or results of operations, these matters are subject to inherent uncertainties, and management’s view of these matters may 
change in the future. Were an unfavorable outcome to occur in any one or more of these matters, there exists the possibility of a 
material adverse impact on our business, reputation, financial position and cash flows.
13. INCOME TAXES
Pretax income for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 was $201.4 million, $192.1 million and $134.3 million, 
respectively. 
The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 consists of the following (dollars in 
thousands):  
For the Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
Current provision
Federal
$
40,947
$
32,792
$
33,166
State and local
10,308
7,903
5,913
Foreign
18
13
-
Total current provision
51,273
40,708
39,079
Deferred provision (benefit)
Federal
3,375
2,640
(3,767)
State and local
(798)
1,121
3,090
Total deferred provision (benefit)
2,577
3,761
(677)
Total provision for income taxes
$
53,850
$
44,469
$
38,402
A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to our effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31,
2024, 2023 and 2022 is as follows:
For the Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate
21.0 %
21.0 %
21.0 %
State and local income taxes
3.2
2.9
2.7
Stock-based compensation
(0.4)
(0.1)
0.6
Capital loss
-
-
2.3
Valuation allowance
-
(0.1)
(0.6)
Worthless stock deduction
-
(2.4)
-
Tax credits
(0.3)
(0.4)
(0.3)
Other
3.2
2.2
2.9
Effective income tax rate
26.7 %
23.1 %
28.6 %

95
The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2024 includes a $0.9 million favorable adjustment associated with the tax
effect of stock-based compensation, which decreased the effective tax rate by 0.4%.
The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2023 reflects a $4.5 million favorable adjustment related to the
recognition of the tax benefits associated with a previously disclosed prior year ordinary loss attributable to the stock of a worthless
subsidiary, which decreased the effective tax rate by 2.4%.
The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2022 reflects the establishment of a full valuation allowance of 
$1.4 million with respect to select combined state net operating losses that are anticipated to go unused and $0.9 million related to the
expected non-deductibility of reductions in the carrying value of our equity investment, which collectively increased the effective rate
by 1.7%. During 2022, the Company re-evaluated the character of the loss incurred on the elimination of a wholly-owned subsidiary
during the prior year and re-categorized this transaction in its 2021 tax returns as an ordinary loss attributable to the stock of a
worthless subsidiary. As a result of our assessment, the $3.1 million deferred tax asset and offsetting valuation allowance with respect 
to the capital loss carryforward was eliminated, which had an offsetting impact on the effective tax rate of 2.3%.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of gross unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2024, 2023 and 
2022 is as follows (dollars in thousands):
2024
2023
2022
Gross unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of the year
$
25,686
$
24,658
$
15,951
Additions for tax positions of prior years
-
16
4,290
Additions for tax positions related to the current year
7,641
7,325
5,584
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
(1,127)
(5,083)
-
Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations
(1,920)
(1,230)
(1,167)
Subtotal
30,280
25,686
24,658
Interest and penalties
4,424
3,257
2,451
Total gross unrecognized tax benefits, end of the year
$
34,704
$
28,943
$
27,109
The total amount of net unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate in future 
periods was $27.4 million and $22.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. As of December 31, 
2024, our short and long-term reserves, recorded within current accrued income taxes and other non-current liabilities, respectively,
related to FASB’s interpretation No. 48 of ASC Topic 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes or (“FIN 48”), were $2.2 
million and $28.1 million, respectively. We record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within provision for 
income taxes on our consolidated statements of income. The total amount of accrued interest and penalties resulting from such 
unrecognized tax benefits was $4.4 million and $3.3 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. For the years ended 
December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, we recognized expenses of less than $1.0 million, less than $0.7 million and less than
$0.4 million, respectively, related to interest and penalties from unrecognized tax benefits in our consolidated results of operations.
Perdoceo and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. and in various state and local jurisdictions and are routinely
examined by tax authorities in these jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2024, the Company's federal income tax returns are open to 
examinations for the tax years ended December 31, 2021 and forward. Due to the expiration of various statutes of limitations, it is
reasonably possible that Perdoceo’s gross unrecognized tax benefits balance may change within the next twelve months by a range of 
zero to $3.1 million.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities result primarily from temporary differences in the recognition of various expenses for 
tax and financial statement purposes, and from the recognition of the tax benefits of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. 
Components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

96
December 31,
2024
2023
Deferred income tax assets:
Accrued occupancy
$
18,419
$
6,635
Compensation and employee benefits
6,754
6,921
Tax net operating loss carry forwards
17,161
16,446
Valuation allowance
(10,861)
(13,003)
Allowance for doubtful accounts
7,775
6,227
Accrued settlements and legal
179
462
Accrued severance
614
1,095
Equity method for investments
1,180
873
Equity method for investments valuation allowance
(1,180)
(873)
Available for sale short-term investments
-
146
Available for sale short-term investments valuation 
allowance
-
(146)
Capitalized research and development
4,908
5,189
Interest expense disallowance carry forward
4,299
-
Depreciation
4,081
1,262
Amortization
33,148
-
Other
1,676
1,846
Total deferred income tax assets
88,153
33,080
Deferred income tax liabilities:
Amortization
-
1,710
Right of use asset, net
16,041
4,564
Available for sale short-term investments
80
-
Other
3,258
3,002
Total deferred income tax liabilities
19,379
9,276
Net deferred income tax assets
$
68,774
$
23,804
As of December 31, 2024, the Company has a gross deferred tax asset before valuation allowance of $373.0 million and a gross 
deferred tax liability of $79.1 million. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had a gross deferred tax asset before valuation 
allowance of $151.7 million and a gross deferred tax liability of $38.8 million.
Included among USAHS' gross deferred tax assets at the time of acquisition was a federal net operating loss ("NOL")
carryforward of approximately $16.2 million, amortizable intangible assets of approximately $202.3 million, an interest expense 
disallowance carryforward of approximately $18.1 million and state NOL carryforwards of approximately $7.7 million. For the tax 
year ended December 31, 2024, we expect to claim approximately $0.8 million of tax amortization and no portion of the federal and 
state NOL or interest expense disallowance carryforwards due to the limitation on the utilization of acquired tax attributes. Excluding 
the USAHS NOLs referred to above, we have a federal NOL carryforward of $3.9 million, which we expect to utilize in 2024.
Additionally, we have state NOL carryforwards of approximately $222.1 million, which expire between 2024 and 2037. Of this 
amount, approximately $51.8 million relates to separate state NOL carryforwards and $128.3 million relates to combined state NOL 
carryforwards, which we anticipate will not be utilized. Valuation allowances have been established against the full amounts of the
deferred tax balances for these separate and combined state NOL carryforwards.
As of December 31, 2023 a valuation allowance of $14.0 million was maintained with respect to our equity investment, 
available for sale short-term investments and state NOLs. During the year, our valuation allowance for state NOLs decreased $2.1 
million due to the elimination of separate state NOLs upon the dissolution of inactive subsidiaries and the valuation allowance 
attributable to our available for sale short-term investments was no longer needed since we are in a cumulative unrealized gain 
position. As of December 31, 2024, the total valuation allowance attributable to our equity investment and state NOLs is $12.0
million. After considering both positive and negative evidence related to the realization of the deferred tax assets, the Company 
concluded the cumulative losses related to the reduction in carrying value of the equity investment are significant relative to the 
amount invested and indicative of a potential capital loss, which would not be realizable given the absence of offsetting capital gains.
The separate state NOLs can only be used by the originating entity and generally relate to entities that no longer maintain active
schools. Since these entities are not expected to generate future operating income, the more likely than not threshold was not reached 
with respect to this portion of the deferred tax assets. Similarly, the Company determined a valuation allowance was needed with
respect to the portion of the combined state NOLs which will likely go unused due to the teach-out of the schools located in the 

97
applicable combined filing jurisdictions. We will continue to evaluate our valuation allowance in future years for any change in 
circumstances that causes a change in judgment about the realizability of these deferred tax assets.
14. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
Overview of Share-Based Compensation Plans
The Perdoceo Education Corporation Amended and Restated 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan (“the “2016 Plan”) became 
effective (as the Career Education Corporation 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan) on May 24, 2016, and the amendment and 
restatement of the 2016 Plan became effective on June 3, 2021, upon its approval by the Company’s stockholders. Under the 2016 
Plan, Perdoceo may grant to eligible participants awards of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock 
units, deferred stock, performance units, annual incentive awards, and substitute awards, which generally may be settled in cash or 
shares of our common stock. Any shares of our common stock that are subject to awards of stock options or stock appreciation rights
payable in shares will be counted as 1.0 share for each share issued for purposes of the aggregate share limit and any shares of our 
common stock that are subject to any other form of award payable in shares will be counted as 1.35 shares for each share issued for 
purposes of the aggregate share limit. As of December 31, 2024, there were approximately 4.0 million shares of common stock 
available for future share-based awards under the 2016 Plan, which is net of (i) 0.3 million shares issuable upon exercise of 
outstanding options and (ii) 2.8 million shares underlying restricted stock units, which will be settled in shares of our common stock if 
the vesting conditions are met and thus reduce the common stock available for future share-based awards under the 2016 Plan by the
amount vested. These shares take into account the anticipated vesting levels based on projected attainment of performance conditions
for performance-based restricted stock units and have been multiplied by the applicable factor under the 2016 Plan to determine the
remaining shares available as of December 31, 2024. Additionally, as of December 31, 2024 under the Company’s previous 2008 
Incentive Compensation Plan, there were approximately 0.1 million shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and 0.1
million shares underlying outstanding deferred stock units, which will be settled in shares of our common stock if the vesting
conditions are met. The vesting of all types of awards is subject to possible acceleration in certain circumstances. If a plan participant 
terminates employment for any reason other than by death or disability during the vesting period, the right to unvested equity awards 
is generally forfeited.
As of December 31, 2024, we estimate that compensation expense of approximately $16.0 million will be recognized over the 
next four years for all unvested share-based awards that have been granted to participants. This amount excludes any estimates of 
forfeitures.
Stock Options. The exercise price of stock options granted under each of the plans is equal to the fair market value of our 
common stock on the date of grant. Employee stock options generally become exercisable 25% per year over a four-year service
period beginning on the date of grant and expire ten years from the date of grant. Non-employee directors’ stock options expire ten
years from the date of grant and generally become 100% exercisable after the first anniversary of the grant date. Grants of stock 
options are generally only subject to the service conditions discussed previously.

98
Stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 under our plans was as follows:
Options
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term
Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
Outstanding as of December 31, 2021
995,091
$
9.02
Granted
-
-
Exercised
(144,009)
6.46
$
635
Forfeited
-
-
Cancelled
-
-
Outstanding as of December 31, 2022
851,082
$
9.45
Granted
-
-
Exercised
(309,819)
7.35
$
2,860
Forfeited
-
-
Cancelled
-
-
Outstanding as of December 31, 2023
541,263
$
10.65
Granted
-
-
Exercised
(158,047)
12.48
$
1,183
Forfeited
-
-
Cancelled
-
-
Outstanding as of December 31, 2024
383,216
$
9.90
2.17
$
6,349
Exercisable as of December 31, 2024
383,216
$
9.90
2.17
$
6,349
The following table summarizes information with respect to all outstanding and exercisable stock options under all of our plans 
as of December 31, 2024:
Options Outstanding
Options Exercisable
Number of 
Options 
Outstanding
Weighted Average 
Exercise Price
Weighted Average 
Remaining 
Contractual Term 
(in Years)
Number 
Exercisable
Weighted 
Average
Exercise Price
79,992
$
3.93
0.38
79,992
$
3.93
84,516
$
5.96
1.39
84,516
$
5.96
9,308
$
7.22
1.85
9,308
$
7.22
14,932
$
8.30
2.18
14,932
$
8.30
56,355
$
9.69
2.39
56,355
$
9.69
62,064
$
13.80
3.18
62,064
$
13.80
40,085
$
15.39
3.41
40,085
$
15.39
35,964
$
21.29
4.61
35,964
$
21.29
383,216
$
9.90
2.17
383,216
$
9.90
Restricted Stock Units to be Settled in Stock. Restricted stock units to be settled in shares of stock which are not “performance-
based” generally vest 25% per year over a four-year service period. Restricted stock units which are “performance-based” are subject 
to performance or market conditions that may increase or reduce the number of restricted stock units that vest at the end of the
requisite service period or result in all units being forfeited, even if the requisite service period is met. The performance-based 
restricted stock units generally vest three years after the grant date.

99
The following table summarizes information with respect to all outstanding restricted stock units to be settled in shares of stock 
under our plans during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022:
Restricted Stock to be Settled in Shares of Stock
Units
Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
Per Unit
Outstanding as of December 31, 2021
1,463,193
$
14.87
Granted
739,476
10.46
Vested
(504,223)
17.34
Forfeited
(84,236)
12.93
Outstanding as of December 31, 2022 (1)
1,614,210
$
12.18
Granted (1) (2)
741,223
13.58
Vested
(530,819)
14.15
Forfeited
(293,408)
12.11
Outstanding as of December 31, 2023 (1) (2)
1,531,206
$
12.19
Granted (1)
495,529
17.94
Vested
(582,112)
12.20
Forfeited
(53,454)
14.94
Outstanding as of December 31, 2024 (1)
1,391,169
$
14.13
_________________
(1)    194,751, 230,340 and 287,412 of performance-based restricted stock units granted during 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and 
which are still outstanding as of December 31, 2024, are subject to a 200% maximum payout based on certain performance metrics.
(2)    The change in the originally reported 2023 grants was due to an adjustment made to one of the grants.
Deferred Stock Units to be Settled in Stock. Perdoceo granted deferred stock units to our non-employee directors prior to 2017. 
The deferred stock units are to be settled in shares of stock. Settlement of the deferred stock units and delivery of the underlying
shares of stock to the plan participants does not occur until he or she ceases to provide services to the Company in the capacity of a 
director, employee or consultant. As of December 31, 2024, there are 58 thousand deferred stock units outstanding. 
Stock-Based Compensation Expense. Total stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 
and 2022 for all types of awards was as follows (dollars in thousands):
December 31,
Award Type
2024
2023
2022
Stock options
$
-
$
-
$
89
Restricted stock units settled in stock
10,174
8,064
8,648
Total stock-based compensation expense
$
10,174
$
8,064
$
8,737
Share-Based Awards Assumptions
We recognize the value of share-based compensation as expense in our consolidated statements of income during the vesting
periods of the underlying share-based awards using the straight-line method. FASB ASC Topic 718 allows companies to estimate
forfeitures of share-based awards at the time of grant and revise such estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from 
original projections.
The fair value of each share of restricted stock and restricted stock units to be settled in stock is equal to the fair market value of 
our common stock as of the date of grant, which is the closing price per share of our common stock on NASDAQ.
15. STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM
On February 20, 2024, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a new stock repurchase program for up to $50.0 million
which commenced March 1, 2024 and expires September 30, 2025. The new stock repurchase program replaced the previous stock 
repurchase program. The other terms of the new stock repurchase program are consistent with the Company’s previous stock 
repurchase program.   
The timing of purchases and the number of shares repurchased under the program will be determined by the Company’s 
management and will depend on a variety of factors including stock price, trading volume and other general market and economic
conditions, its assessment of alternative uses of capital, regulatory requirements and other factors. Repurchases will be made in open

100
market transactions, including block purchases, conducted in accordance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act as well as may be 
made pursuant to trading plans established under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, which would permit shares to be repurchased 
when the Company might otherwise be precluded from doing so under insider trading laws. The stock repurchase program does not 
obligate the Company to purchase shares and the Company may, in its discretion, begin, suspend or terminate repurchases at any time, 
without any prior notice.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, we repurchased 0.4 million shares of our common stock for approximately $6.8 
million at an average price of $17.60 per share and during the year ended December 31, 2023, we repurchased 0.5 million shares of 
our common stock for approximately $8.3 million at an average price of $15.38 per share. As of December 31, 2024, approximately
$47.1 million was available under our authorized stock repurchase program to repurchase outstanding shares of our common stock. 
Shares of stock repurchased under the program are held as treasury shares. These repurchased shares have reduced the weighted 
average number of shares of common stock outstanding for basic and diluted earnings per share calculations.
16. WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES
Basic net income per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares assuming 
dilution. Dilutive common shares outstanding is computed using the Treasury Stock Method and reflects the additional shares that 
would be outstanding if dilutive stock options were exercised and restricted stock units were settled for common shares during the 
period.
The weighted average number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted net income per share for the years ended 
December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 were as follows: 
For the Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
Basic common shares outstanding
65,646
66,468
67,934
Common stock equivalents
1,596
1,358
1,097
Diluted common shares outstanding
67,242
67,826
69,031
Certain unexercised stock option awards are excluded from our computations of diluted earnings per share, as these shares were 
out-of-the-money and their effect would have been anti-dilutive. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the anti-dilutive
options that were excluded from our computations of diluted earnings per share were 0.1 million and 0.3 million shares, respectively.
There were no anti-dilutive options for the year ended December 31, 2024.   
In addition to the common stock issued upon the exercise of employee stock options and the vesting of restricted stock units to
be settled in stock, we issued less than 0.1 million shares for each of the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, pursuant to 
our employee stock purchase plan.
17. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Retirement Savings and Profit Sharing Plans
We maintain a defined contribution 401(k) retirement savings plan which is available to all employees who have worked greater 
than 1,000 hours within a fiscal year. Under the plan, an eligible employee may elect to defer receipt of a portion of their annual pay, 
including salary and bonus. During 2024, 2023 and 2022, we contributed this amount to the plan on the employee’s behalf and also
made a matching contribution equal to 50% of the first 2% and 25% of the next 4% of the percentage of annual pay that the employee
elected to defer. For employees hired on or after January 1, 2020, the participant is 100% vested in the company’s matching 
contribution after two years of service. Employees hired before January 1, 2020 are fully vested in the company’s matching
contribution. During the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, we recorded expense under this plan of approximately $3.1 
million, $3.6 million, and $3.1 million, respectively.
Additionally, USAHS, which was acquired on December 2, 2024, offers a defined contribution 401(K) retirement savings plan
to its employees. Under this plan, eligible employee may choose to defer a portion of their annual compensation, including salary and 
bonus. We make contributions on behalf of employees, including a matching contribution equal to 50% of the first 6% of eligible 
compensation an employee contributes to the benefit plan. The company match is discretionary and based on the USAHS' financial 
performance. Matching contributions are typically funded annually in the first quarter of each year.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
We maintain an employee stock purchase plan that allows substantially all full-time and part-time employees to acquire shares
of our common stock through payroll deductions over three-month offering periods. The per share purchase price is equal to 95% of 
the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the last day of the offering period, and purchases are limited to 10% of an
employee’s salary, up to a maximum of $25,000 per calendar year. We are authorized to issue up to 4.0 million shares of common 

101
stock under the employee stock purchase plan, and, as of December 31, 2024, 3.5 million shares of common stock have been issued 
under the plan.
The compensation expense for employee share purchases recorded during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 
in connection with the compensatory elements of our employee stock purchase plan was not significant.
18. SEGMENT REPORTING
Our segments are determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 280—Segment Reporting
—
and are based on how the
g
Company's chief operating decision maker ("CODM") evaluates performance and allocates resources. Perdoceo's CODM as defined 
M
under ASC Topic 280 is its President and Chief Executive Officer. Each segment is comprised of an accredited postsecondary 
education institution that offers a variety of academic programs.  
Our three reporting segments are described below.
♦
Colorado Technical University (CTU) is committed to providing industry-relevant higher education to a diverse student 
population, including non-traditional adult learners seeking career advancement and the military community. CTU utilizes 
innovative technology and experienced faculty, enabling the pursuit of academic and professional goals for learners. CTU 
offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of business and management, nursing, healthcare management, 
computer science, engineering, information systems and technology, project management, cybersecurity and criminal 
justice. Students pursue their degrees through fully-online programs, local campuses and blended formats, which combine 
campus-based and online education. As of December 31, 2024, students enrolled at CTU represented approximately 68% of 
our total enrollments. Approximately 98% of CTU’s students are enrolled in programs offered fully online. Students at 
CTU's ground-based campuses take both in-person and virtual classes.
♦
The American InterContinental University System (AIUS or AIU System) is committed to providing industry-relevant 
higher education opportunities for a diverse student population, including non-traditional adult learners and the military 
community. AIUS places emphasis on the educational, professional and academic growth of each student. AIUS offers 
academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of business studies, information technologies, education, behavioral 
sciences and criminal justice. Students pursue their degrees through fully-online programs, local campuses and blended 
formats, which combine campus-based and online education. As of December 31, 2024, students enrolled at AIUS 
represented approximately 23% of our total enrollments. Approximately 98% of AIUS’ students are enrolled in programs
offered fully online. Students at AIUS' ground-based campus take both in-person and virtual classes.
♦
University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences (USAHS) is dedicated to offering graduate education opportunities in 
health sciences to a diverse range of students. USAHS focuses on developing professional healthcare practitioners through
innovative and personalized classroom, clinical, and distance education. USAHS offers graduate degrees in health sciences,
primarily in physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech-language therapy and nursing, along with continuing education 
programs. Students pursue their degrees through network of campuses and through its online programs. As of December 31, 
2024, students enrolled at USAHS represented approximately 9% of our total enrollments. Approximately 14% of USAHS
students are enrolled in fully online programs.  
We evaluate segment performance based on operating results, specifically our CODM analyzes segment revenue and operating 
expenses which are directly attributable to the cost to serve and educate prospective students, when making decisions to allocate 
resources based on segment performance. Adjustments to reconcile segment results to consolidated results are included under the 
caption “Corporate and Other,” which primarily includes unallocated corporate activity and eliminations. Substantially all revenue 
earned by our reporting segments are generated in the United States of America (“U.S.”) and segment and total assets are substantially
held in the U.S. Additionally, interest income, interest expense and other miscellaneous non-operating income (expense) are not 
material by segment and are not reviewed by our CODM by segment.

102
Summary financial information by reporting segment is as follows (dollars in thousands):
Revenue
Operating 
Income (Loss)
Depreciation
and
Amortization
Capital 
Expenditures
Total Assets (1)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2024
(2)
$
456,899
$
171,260
$
8,513
$
134
$
189,663
AIUS (3)
213,547
36,182
3,291
134
150,437
USAHS (4)
10,041
(2,640)
2,516
311
306,552
Corporate and Other
776
(30,549)
325
4,046
590,382
Total
$
681,263
$
174,253
$
14,645
$
4,625
$
1,237,034
For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
(2)
$
468,926
$
144,008
$
11,561
$
546
$
202,728
AIUS (3)
240,300
45,283
4,992
299
161,336
USAHS (4)
-
-
-
-
-
Corporate and Other
778
(38,845)
334
5,566
643,252
Total
$
710,004
$
150,446
$
16,887
$
6,411
$
1,007,316
For the Year Ended December 31, 2022
(2)
$
419,617
$
141,622
$
10,069
$
3,641
AIUS (3)
274,479
33,315
9,325
1,069
USAHS (4)
-
-
-
-
Corporate and Other
1,112
(45,300)
340
7,910
Total
$
695,208
$
129,637
$
19,734
$
12,620
__________________ 
(1)
Total assets are presented on a consolidated basis and do not include intercompany receivable or payable activity between 
institutions and corporate and investments in subsidiaries.

103
(2)
CTU includes results of operations from Coding Dojo beginning on the acquisition date of December 1, 2022.
(3)
AIUS includes results of operations from CalSouthern beginning on the acquisition date of July 1, 2022. 
(4)
USAHS includes results of operations starting from the acquisition date on December 2, 2024.
Significant expense category by reporting segment is as follows (dollars in thousands):
For the Year Ended December 31, 2024
Significant expense categories
CTU
AIUS
USAHS (1)
Academics and student related
$
64,747
$
40,488
$
5,343
Advertising and marketing
55,738
44,044
1,181
Admissions
47,969
33,290
524
Administrative (2)
84,412
36,310
1,476
Bad debt
20,386
13,133
201
Depreciation and amortization
8,513
3,291
2,516
All other expenses (3)
3,874
6,809
1,440
For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
Significant expense categories
CTU
AIUS
USAHS (1)
Academics and student related
$
72,939
$
45,550
$
-
Advertising and marketing
64,286
38,302
-
Admissions
52,645
38,714
-
Administrative (2)
85,385
48,255
-
Bad debt
20,223
13,008
-
Depreciation and amortization
11,561
4,992
-
All other expenses (3)
17,879
6,196
-
For the Year Ended December 31, 2022
Significant expense categories
CTU
AIUS
USAHS (1)
Academics and student related
$
53,817
$
44,211
$
-
Advertising and marketing
64,736
62,107
-
Admissions
48,629
45,181
-
Administrative (2)
70,893
50,241
-
Bad debt
21,640
19,971
-
Depreciation and amortization
10,069
9,325
-
All other expenses (3)
8,211
10,128
-
__________________ 
(1)
USAHS includes financial information starting from the acquisition date on December 2, 2024.
(2)
Administrative expense includes certain corporate overhead allocations.
(3)
All other expenses primarily include occupancy and asset impairment.

104
PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Schedule II
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(dollars in thousands)
Description
Balance,
Beginning of
Period
Additions/Charges
to Expense
Deductions/
Other
Balance,
End of
Period
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets:
For the year ended December 31, 2024
$
14,022
$
-
$
(1,981) $
12,041
For the year ended December 31, 2023
$
22,536
$
-
$
(8,514) $
14,022
For the year ended December 31, 2022
$
32,178
$
3,216
$
(12,858) $
22,536
Valuation allowance for credit losses:
For the year ended December 31, 2024
$
37,782
$
33,719
$
(27,981) $
43,520
For the year ended December 31, 2023
$
43,141
$
33,215
$
(38,574) $
37,782
For the year ended December 31, 2022
$
39,255
$
41,574
$
(37,688) $
43,141

Exhibit 31.1 
CERTIFICATION
I, Todd S. Nelson, President and Chief Executive Officer of Perdoceo Education Corporation, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Perdoceo Education Corporation;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report; 
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report; 
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and 
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;
and 
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors:
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and 
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 
Date: February 18, 2025 
/s/ TODD S. NELSON      
Todd S. Nelson
President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2 
CERTIFICATION
I, Ashish R. Ghia, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Perdoceo Education Corporation, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Perdoceo Education Corporation;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report; 
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report; 
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and 
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;
and 
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors:
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and 
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 
Date: February 18, 2025 
/s/ ASHISH R. GHIA 
Ashish R. Ghia
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Exhibit 32.1 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER 
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Perdoceo Education Corporation (the “Company”) for the year ended 
December 31, 2024, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Todd S. Nelson, 
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 
(i) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended; and 
(ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 
operations of the Company. 
/s/ TODD S. NELSON 
Todd S. Nelson
President and Chief Executive Officer
February 18, 2025 
This certification accompanies this Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed 
filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by 
the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

Exhibit 32.2 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Perdoceo Education Corporation (the “Company”) for the year ended 
December 31, 2024, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Ashish R. Ghia, 
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company, certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, that: 
(i) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended; and 
(ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 
operations of the Company. 
/s/ ASHISH R. GHIA 
Ashish R. Ghia
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
February 18, 2025
This certification accompanies this Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed 
filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by 
the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.